State of Illinois
90th General Assembly
Legislation

   [ Search ]   [ Legislation ]   [ Bill Summary ]
[ Home ]   [ Back ]   [ Bottom ]


[ Introduced ][ Engrossed ][ Enrolled ]
[ House Amendment 001 ][ Senate Amendment 001 ]

90_HB0452sam003

                                           LRB9002549THgcam01
 1                     AMENDMENT TO HOUSE BILL 452
 2        AMENDMENT NO.     .  Amend House Bill 452, AS AMENDED, by
 3    replacing the title with the following:
 4        "AN ACT relating to education, amending named Acts."; and
 5    by replacing everything after the enacting  clause  with  the
 6    following:
 7                             "ARTICLE 5
 8        Section  5-1.  Short title.  This Article may be cited as
 9    the School Construction Law.
10        Section 5-5. Definitions.  As used in this Article:
11        "Approved school construction bonds" mean bonds that were
12    approved by referendum after January 1,  1996  but  prior  to
13    January  1, 1998 as provided in Sections 19-2 through 19-7 of
14    the  School  Code  to  provide  funds  for  the  acquisition,
15    development,  construction,  reconstruction,  rehabilitation,
16    improvement,  architectural  planning,  and  installation  of
17    capital  facilities  consisting  of  buildings,   structures,
18    durable-equipment, and land for educational purposes.
19        "Grant  index"  means  a  figure for each school district
20    equal to one minus the  ratio  of  the  district's  equalized
                            -2-            LRB9002549THgcam01
 1    assessed  valuation  per pupil in average daily attendance to
 2    the equalized assessed valuation per pupil in  average  daily
 3    attendance of the district located at the 90th percentile for
 4    all  districts of the same type.  The grant index shall be no
 5    less than 0.35 and no greater than 0.75  for  each  district;
 6    provided  that  the grant index for districts whose equalized
 7    assessed valuation per pupil in average daily  attendance  is
 8    at  the  99th  percentile  and above for all districts of the
 9    same type shall be 0.00.
10        "School  construction  project"  means  the  acquisition,
11    development,  construction,  reconstruction,  rehabilitation,
12    improvement,  architectural  planning,  and  installation  of
13    capital  facilities  consisting  of  buildings,   structures,
14    durable equipment, and land for educational purposes.
15        Section  5-10.   Grant  awards.   The Capital Development
16    Board is authorized to make grants to  school  districts  for
17    school  construction  projects with funds appropriated by the
18    General    Assembly  from  the  School  Infrastructure   Fund
19    pursuant  to  the provisions of this Article. The State Board
20    of Education is authorized to make grants to school districts
21    for debt service  with  funds  appropriated  by  the  General
22    Assembly  from the School Infrastructure Fund pursuant to the
23    provisions of this Article.
24        Section 5-15. Grant entitlements.   The  State  Board  of
25    Education  is  authorized  to  issue  grant  entitlements for
26    school construction  projects  and  debt  service  and  shall
27    determine  the priority order for school construction project
28    grants to be made by the Capital Development Board.
29        Section 5-20.   Grant  application;  district  facilities
30    plan.   School  districts  shall  apply to the State Board of
31    Education for school construction  project  grants  and  debt
                            -3-            LRB9002549THgcam01
 1    service  grants.   Districts  filing grant applications shall
 2    submit to the State Board a  district  facilities  plan  that
 3    shall  include,    but  not  be  limited to, an assessment of
 4    present and future district facility  needs  as  required  by
 5    present   and   anticipated   educational   programming,  the
 6    availability of local financial resources  including  current
 7    revenues,  fund  balances,  and  unused  bonding  capacity, a
 8    fiscal plan for meeting present and anticipated debt  service
 9    obligations, and a maintenance plan and schedule that contain
10    necessary   assurances  that  new,  renovated,  and  existing
11    facilities are being or will be  properly  maintained.    The
12    State  Board  of  Education shall review and approve district
13    facilities plans prior to issuing grant  entitlements.   Each
14    district  that  receives  a  grant entitlement shall annually
15    update its district facilities plan and  submit  the  revised
16    plan to the State Board for approval.
17        Section 5-25.  Eligibility and project standards.
18        (a)  The   State   Board  of  Education  shall  establish
19    eligibility standards for school construction project  grants
20    and  debt  service  grants.   These  standards  shall include
21    minimum enrollment requirements for  eligibility  for  school
22    construction  project  grants  of 200 students for elementary
23    districts, 200 students for high school  districts,  and  400
24    students  for  unit  districts.  The State Board of Education
25    shall  approve  a  district's  eligibility   for   a   school
26    construction  project  grant or a debt service grant pursuant
27    to the established standards.
28        (b)  The  Capital  Development  Board   shall   establish
29    project  standards for all school construction project grants
30    provided pursuant to this  Article.   These  standards  shall
31    include   space   and  capacity  standards  as  well  as  the
32    determination of  recognized  project  costs  that  shall  be
33    eligible  for State financial assistance and enrichment costs
                            -4-            LRB9002549THgcam01
 1    that shall not be eligible for State financial assistance.
 2        Section 5-30. Priority of school  construction  projects.
 3    The  State Board of Education shall develop standards for the
 4    determination   of   priority   needs    concerning    school
 5    construction projects based upon approved district facilities
 6    plans.  Such standards shall call for prioritization based on
 7    the degree of need and project type in the following order:
 8        (1)  Replacement  or  reconstruction  of school buildings
 9    destroyed or damaged by flood, tornado, fire, earthquake,  or
10    other disasters, either man-made or produced by nature;
11        (2)  Projects   designed   to  alleviate  a  shortage  of
12    classrooms due to  population  growth  or  to  replace  aging
13    school buildings;
14        (3)  Projects resulting from interdistrict reorganization
15    of school districts contingent on local referenda;
16        (4)  Replacement  or reconstruction of school  facilities
17    determined to be severe and continuing health or life  safety
18    hazards;
19        (5)  Alterations  necessary  to provide accessibility for
20    qualified individuals with disabilities; and
21        (6)  Other unique solutions to facility needs.
22        Section   5-35.   School   construction   project   grant
23    amounts-Prohibited use.
24        (a)  The product of the district's grant  index  and  the
25    recognized   project  cost,  as  determined  by  the  Capital
26    Development  Board,  for  an  approved  school   construction
27    project  shall  equal  the  amount  of  the grant the Capital
28    Development Board shall provide  to  the  eligible  district.
29    The  grant index shall not be used in cases where the General
30    Assembly and the Governor approve  appropriations  designated
31    for  specifically  identified  school  district  construction
32    projects.
                            -5-            LRB9002549THgcam01
 1        (b)  In  each  fiscal  year  in which school construction
 2    project grants are awarded, 20% of the total  amount  awarded
 3    statewide  shall  be  awarded  to  a  school  district with a
 4    population exceeding 500,000, provided such district complies
 5    with the provisions of this Article.
 6        (c)  No portion of a school  construction  project  grant
 7    awarded  by  the Capital Development Board shall be used by a
 8    school district for any on-going operational costs.
 9        Section  5-40.   Supervision   of   school   construction
10    projects.   The  Capital  Development  Board  shall  exercise
11    general   supervision   over   school  construction  projects
12    financed pursuant to this Article.
13        Section 5-45.  Debt  service  grants.   School  districts
14    that  have issued approved school construction bonds shall be
15    eligible to  apply  for  debt  service  grants.   The  amount
16    awarded  to  eligible districts for debt service grants shall
17    be equal to 10% of the principal amount  of  approved  school
18    construction  bonds  issued  by  the district times the grant
19    index for the district.  Debt service grants  shall  only  be
20    used  by  school  districts  to: retire principal of approved
21    school construction bonds, restructure the  debt  service  on
22    such  bonds,  or  abate  the  property  taxes  levied for the
23    district's bond and interest fund by an amount  identical  to
24    the amount of the debt service grant.  No debt service grants
25    shall  be  awarded by the State Board of Education after June
26    30, 1999.
27        Section 5-50. Referendum requirements.  After  the  State
28    Board  of  Education has approved all or part of a district's
29    application and issued  a  grant  entitlement  for  a  school
30    construction  project  grant,  the  district shall submit the
31    project or the financing of the project to a referendum  when
                            -6-            LRB9002549THgcam01
 1    such referendum is required by law.
 2    Section 5-55. Rules.
 3        (a)  The  Capital Development Board shall promulgate such
 4    rules  as  it  deems   necessary   for   carrying   out   its
 5    responsibilities under the provisions of this Article.
 6        (b)  The  State  Board of Education shall promulgate such
 7    rules  as  it  deems   necessary   for   carrying   out   its
 8    responsibilities under the provisions of this Article.
 9        (20 ILCS 3105/Art. 1A rep.)
10        Section  5-900.   The  Capital  Development  Board Act is
11    amended by repealing Article 1A.
12        Section 5-905.  The  State  Finance  Act  is  amended  by
13    adding Sections 5.500, 5.505, and 6z-45 as follows:
14        (30 ILCS 105/5.500 new)
15        Sec. 5.500. The School Infrastructure Fund.
16        (30 ILCS 105/5.505 new)
17        Sec. 5.505. The School Technology Revolving Loan Fund.
18        (30 ILCS 105/6z-45 new)
19        Sec.  6z-45.  The School Infrastructure Fund.  The School
20    Infrastructure Fund is created as a special fund in the State
21    Treasury.  Subject to  appropriation,  money  in  the  School
22    Infrastructure  Fund shall, if and when the State of Illinois
23    incurs any bonded indebtedness for the construction of school
24    improvements under the School Construction Act, be set  aside
25    and  used  for the purpose of paying and discharging annually
26    the principal and interest on that bonded  indebtedness  then
27    due  and  payable, and for no other purpose.  The surplus, if
28    any, in the School Infrastructure Fund after the  payment  of
                            -7-            LRB9002549THgcam01
 1    principal  and  interest  on  that  bonded  indebtedness then
 2    annually due shall, subject  to  appropriation,  be  used  as
 3    follows:
 4        First--to  make  3  payments  to  the  School  Technology
 5    Revolving Loan Fund as follows:
 6        Transfer of $30,000,000 in fiscal year 1999;
 7        Transfer of $20,000,000 in fiscal year 2000; and
 8        Transfer of $10,000,000 in fiscal year 2001.
 9        Second--to  pay  the  expenses  of  the  State  Board  of
10    Education  and the Capital Development Board in administering
11    programs  under  the  School  Construction  Act,  the   total
12    expenses not to exceed $1,000,000 in any fiscal year.
13        Third--to  pay  any  amounts  due  for  grants for school
14    construction projects  and  debt  service  under  the  School
15    Construction Act.
16        Section  5-910.   The Illinois Pension Code is amended by
17    changing Sections 17-108, 17-127, and 17-129 as follows:
18        (40 ILCS 5/17-108) (from Ch. 108 1/2, par. 17-108)
19        Sec. 17-108. Fiscal year and school year.
20        "Fiscal year" and "school year": Beginning July 1,  1999,
21    the  period beginning on the 1st day of July September of one
22    calendar year and ending on the 30th 31st day of June  August
23    of  the  next calendar year. Each fiscal year and each school
24    year shall be designated for convenience with the same number
25    as the calendar year in which that fiscal year or school year
26    ends. The fiscal year which begins September  1,  1998  shall
27    end June 30, 1999.
28    (Source: P.A. 83-792.)
29        (40 ILCS 5/17-127) (from Ch. 108 1/2, par. 17-127)
30        Sec. 17-127. Financing; revenues for the Fund.
31        (a)  The  revenues  for  the  Fund  shall consist of: (1)
                            -8-            LRB9002549THgcam01
 1    amounts paid into the Fund by contributors thereto  and  from
 2    employer  contributions  taxes  and  State  appropriations in
 3    accordance with this Article; (2) amounts contributed to  the
 4    Fund  pursuant  to  any  law  now in force or hereafter to be
 5    enacted; (3) contributions from any other source; and (4) the
 6    earnings on investments.
 7        (b)  The General Assembly finds that for many  years  the
 8    State  has  contributed  to the Fund an annual amount that is
 9    between 20% and  30%  of  the  amount  of  the  annual  State
10    contribution  to  the  Article  16 retirement system, and the
11    General Assembly declares that it is its goal  and  intention
12    to  continue  this  level  of contribution to the Fund in the
13    future.
14    (Source: P.A. 88-593, eff. 8-22-94.)
15        (40 ILCS 5/17-129) (from Ch. 108 1/2, par. 17-129)
16        Sec. 17-129. Employer contributions; deficiency in Fund.
17        (a)  If in any fiscal year  of  the  board  of  education
18    ending  prior to 1997 the total amounts paid to the Fund from
19    the board of education (other than under this subsection, and
20    other  than  amounts  used  for  making   or   "picking   up"
21    contributions  on  behalf  of teachers) and from the State do
22    not equal the total contributions made by or on behalf of the
23    teachers for such year, or if the total income of the Fund in
24    any such fiscal year of  the  board  of  education  from  all
25    sources  is less than the total such expenditures by the Fund
26    for such year, the Board of  Education  shall,  in  the  next
27    succeeding year, in addition to any other payment to the Fund
28    set  apart  and appropriate from moneys from its tax levy for
29    educational  purposes,  a  sum  sufficient  to  remove   such
30    deficiency  or  deficiencies,  and promptly pay such sum into
31    the Fund in order to restore any of the reserves of the  Fund
32    that  may  have  been  so  temporarily  applied.  Any amounts
33    received by  the  Fund  after  the  effective  date  of  this
                            -9-            LRB9002549THgcam01
 1    amendatory  Act  of 1997 from State appropriations, including
 2    under Section 17-127, shall be a  credit  against  and  shall
 3    fully  satisfy  any  obligation  that  may have arisen, or be
 4    claimed to have arisen, under this subsection (a) as a result
 5    of any deficiency or deficiencies in the fiscal year  of  the
 6    board of education ending in calendar year 1997.
 7        (b)  (i)  For fiscal years 2011 through 2045, the minimum
 8    contribution to the Fund to be made by the board of education
 9    in each fiscal year shall be an amount determined by the Fund
10    to  be sufficient to bring the total assets of the Fund up to
11    90% of the total actuarial liabilities of the Fund by the end
12    of fiscal year 2045.  In  making  these  determinations,  the
13    required  board of education contribution shall be calculated
14    each year as a level percentage of  payroll  over  the  years
15    remaining  to  and  including  fiscal  year 2045 and shall be
16    determined under the projected  unit  credit  actuarial  cost
17    method.
18        (ii)  For  fiscal  years  1999 through 2010, the board of
19    education's contribution to the Fund, as a percentage of  the
20    applicable  employee  payroll,  shall  be  increased in equal
21    annual increments so that by fiscal year 2011, the  board  of
22    education  is  contributing  at  the rate required under this
23    subsection.
24        (iii)  Beginning in fiscal year 2046, the  minimum  board
25    of  education  contribution for each fiscal year shall be the
26    amount needed to maintain the total assets of the Fund at 90%
27    of the total actuarial liabilities of the Fund.
28        (iv)  Notwithstanding the provisions of  paragraphs  (i),
29    (ii),  and  (iii) of this subsection (b), for any fiscal year
30    the contribution to the Fund  from  the  board  of  education
31    shall  not  be  required  to  be  in  excess  of  the  amount
32    calculated  as  needed  to  maintain the assets (or cause the
33    assets to be) at the 90% level by the end of the fiscal year.
34        (v)  Any contribution by the State to or for the  benefit
                            -10-           LRB9002549THgcam01
 1    of  the  Fund,  including, without limitation, as referred to
 2    under  Section  17-127,  shall  be  a  credit   against   any
 3    contribution  required  to  be made by the board of education
 4    under this subsection (b).
 5        (c)  The Board of Trustees shall determine the amount  of
 6    board  of  education  contributions  required for each fiscal
 7    year  on  the  basis  of  the  actuarial  tables  and   other
 8    assumptions  adopted  by the Board and the recommendations of
 9    the actuary,  in  order  to  meet  the  minimum  contribution
10    requirements  of  subsections  (a)  and (b).  Annually, on or
11    before November 15, the Board shall certify to the  board  of
12    education  the  amount  of  the  required  board of education
13    contribution for the coming fiscal year.   The  certification
14    shall  include  a  copy of the actuarial recommendations upon
15    which it is based.
16    (Source: P.A. 89-15, eff. 5-30-95.)
17        Section 5-915.  The School Code is  amended  by  changing
18    Sections  1A-2,  1A-4,  1B-8,  1C-2,  2-3.51, 2-3.51.5, 7-11,
19    10-20.9a,  10-22.6,  10-22.20,  10-22.23,  10-23.5,  10-23.8,
20    10-23.8a, 18-4.3, 18-7, 18-8, 18-8.2,  21-1a,  21-2,  21-2.1,
21    21-2a,  21-3,  21-4,  21-5,  21-5a,  21-10, 21-11.1, 21-11.3,
22    21-11.4, 21-14, 24-11, 24A-5,  27A-2,  27A-7,  27A-8,  27A-9,
23    27A-11,   34-8.4,   34-18,  and  34-84  and  adding  Sections
24    2-3.117a,  2-3.124,  10-20.30,  10-22.34c,  17-1.5,  18-8.05,
25    21-0.01, 21-5c, 21-5d, and 34-18.17 as follows:
26        (105 ILCS 5/1A-2) (from Ch. 122, par. 1A-2)
27        Sec. 1A-2.  Qualifications.  The  members  of  the  State
28    Board of Education shall be citizens of the United States and
29    residents  of  the State of Illinois and shall be selected as
30    far as may be practicable on the basis of their knowledge of,
31    or interest and experience in, problems of public  education.
32    No  member of the State Board of Education shall be gainfully
                            -11-           LRB9002549THgcam01
 1    employed  or  administratively  connected  with  any   school
 2    system,  nor  have  any  interest  in  or  benefit from funds
 3    provided by the State Board of Education to an or institution
 4    of higher learning, public or private, within  Illinois,  nor
 5    shall  they  be  members of a school board or board of school
 6    trustees of a public or nonpublic school, college, university
 7    or technical institution within Illinois.   No  member  shall
 8    be appointed to more than 2 six year terms.  Members shall be
 9    reimbursed  for  all ordinary and necessary expenses incurred
10    in performing their duties as members of the Board.  Expenses
11    shall be approved by the Board and  be  consistent  with  the
12    laws,  policies,  and  requirements  of the State of Illinois
13    regarding such expenditures, plus any member may  include  in
14    his claim for expenses $50 per day for meeting days.
15    (Source: P.A. 80-1513.)
16        (105 ILCS 5/1A-4) (from Ch. 122, par. 1A-4)
17        Sec. 1A-4.  Powers and duties of the Board.
18        A.  Upon the appointment of new Board members as provided
19    in   subsection  (b)  of  Section  1A-1  and  every  2  years
20    thereafter, the chairperson of the Board shall be selected by
21    the Governor, with the advice and consent of the Senate, from
22    the membership of the Board to serve  as  chairperson  for  2
23    years.
24        B.  The  Board  shall determine the qualifications of and
25    appoint a chief education officer to be known  as  the  State
26    Superintendent  of  Education who shall serve at the pleasure
27    of the Board and pursuant  to  a  performance-based  contract
28    linked   to   statewide   student  performance  and  academic
29    improvement  within  Illinois   schools.   except   that   No
30    performance-based  contract  issued for the employment of the
31    State Superintendent of Education shall be for a term  longer
32    than  3  years  and  no contract shall be extended or renewed
33    prior to its scheduled expiration unless the performance  and
                            -12-           LRB9002549THgcam01
 1    improvement  goals  contained  in the contract have been met.
 2    The State Superintendent of Education shall not  serve  as  a
 3    member  of the State Board of Education.  The Board shall set
 4    the compensation of the State Superintendent of Education who
 5    shall serve as the Board's chief executive officer. The Board
 6    shall also establish the duties, powers and  responsibilities
 7    of  the  State Superintendent, which shall be included in the
 8    State Superintendent's performance-based contract along  with
 9    the  goals and indicators of student performance and academic
10    improvement used to measure the performance and effectiveness
11    of the State Superintendent such officer. The State Board  of
12    Education   may  delegate  to  the  State  Superintendent  of
13    Education  the  authority  to  act  on  the  Board's  behalf,
14    provided such delegation is made pursuant  to  adopted  board
15    policy  or  the  powers  delegated are ministerial in nature.
16    The State Board may not delegate authority under this Section
17    to  the  State  Superintendent  to  (1)  nonrecognize  school
18    districts, (2) withhold State payments as a penalty,  or  (3)
19    make  final  decisions under the contested case provisions of
20    the Illinois Administrative Procedure  Act  unless  otherwise
21    provided by law.
22        C.  The powers and duties of the State Board of Education
23    shall  encompass  all  duties  delegated  to  the  Office  of
24    Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction  on January 12, 1975,
25    except as the law providing for such  powers  and  duties  is
26    thereafter  amended,  and such other powers and duties as the
27    General  Assembly  shall  designate.   The  Board  shall   be
28    responsible  for  the educational policies and guidelines for
29    public schools, pre-school through grade  12  and  Vocational
30    Education  in the State of Illinois.  The Board shall analyze
31    the present and  future  aims,  needs,  and  requirements  of
32    education  in  the  State  of  Illinois  and recommend to the
33    General Assembly the powers which should be exercised by  the
34    Board.   The  Board  shall  recommend  the  passage  and  the
                            -13-           LRB9002549THgcam01
 1    legislation    necessary   to   determine   the   appropriate
 2    relationship between the Board and local boards of  education
 3    and  the various State agencies and shall recommend desirable
 4    modifications in the laws which affect schools.
 5        D.  Two members of the Board shall be  appointed  by  the
 6    chairperson to serve on a standing joint Education Committee,
 7    2  others  shall  be  appointed  from  the  Board  of  Higher
 8    Education,  2 others shall be appointed by the chairperson of
 9    the Illinois Community College Board, and 2 others  shall  be
10    appointed  by the chairperson of the Human Resource Resources
11    Investment Council.  The Committee shall be  responsible  for
12    making  recommendations  concerning  the  submission  of  any
13    workforce  development  plan  or  workforce  training program
14    required by federal law or under any block  grant  authority.
15    The  Committee  will  be responsible for developing policy on
16    matters of mutual concern to elementary, secondary and higher
17    education such as Occupational and Career Education,  Teacher
18    Preparation    and    Certification,   Educational   Finance,
19    Articulation  between  Elementary,   Secondary   and   Higher
20    Education  and  Research  and  Planning.  The joint Education
21    Committee shall  meet at least quarterly and submit an annual
22    report of its findings, conclusions, and  recommendations  to
23    the  State Board of Education, the Board of Higher Education,
24    the Illinois Community  College  Board,  the  Human  Resource
25    Resources  Investment  Council, the Governor, and the General
26    Assembly. All meetings of this Committee  shall  be  official
27    meetings for reimbursement under this Act.
28        E.  Five  members of the Board shall constitute a quorum.
29    A majority vote  of  the  members  appointed,  confirmed  and
30    serving on the Board is required to approve any action.
31        The  Board  shall  prepare  and  submit  to  the  General
32    Assembly  and  the Governor on or before January 14, 1976 and
33    annually thereafter a report or reports of its  findings  and
34    recommendations.  Such annual report shall contain a separate
                            -14-           LRB9002549THgcam01
 1    section which provides a critique and analysis of the  status
 2    of  education  in  Illinois and which identifies its specific
 3    problems and recommends express  solutions  therefor.    Such
 4    annual  report  also  shall contain the following information
 5    for the preceding  year  ending  on  June  30:  each  act  or
 6    omission  of  a  school  district of which the State Board of
 7    Education  has  knowledge  as  a  consequence  of  scheduled,
 8    approved visits  and  which  constituted  a  failure  by  the
 9    district  to  comply with applicable State or federal laws or
10    regulations relating to public education, the  name  of  such
11    district,  the  date  or  dates  on  which the State Board of
12    Education  notified  the  school  district  of  such  act  or
13    omission, and what action, if any, the school  district  took
14    with  respect  thereto  after  being  notified thereof by the
15    State Board of Education. The report shall also  include  the
16    statewide  high  school  dropout rate by grade level, sex and
17    race and the annual student dropout rate of and the number of
18    students who graduate from, transfer from or otherwise  leave
19    bilingual  programs.   The  Auditor  General  shall  annually
20    perform  a compliance audit of the State Board of Education's
21    performance of the reporting duty imposed by this  amendatory
22    Act  of  1986.  A  regular system of communication with other
23    directly related State agencies shall be implemented.
24        The requirement for reporting  to  the  General  Assembly
25    shall  be  satisfied  by filing copies of the report with the
26    Speaker, the Minority Leader and the Clerk of  the  House  of
27    Representatives  and  the  President, the Minority Leader and
28    the Secretary of the Senate and the Legislative  Council,  as
29    required  by  Section  3.1  of  "An  Act to revise the law in
30    relation to the General Assembly Organization Act",  approved
31    February  25,  1874,  as  amended, and filing such additional
32    copies with the State Government Report  Distribution  Center
33    for  the  General Assembly as is required under paragraph (t)
34    of Section 7 of the State Library Act.
                            -15-           LRB9002549THgcam01
 1    (Source: P.A. 89-430, eff.  12-15-95;  89-610,  eff.  8-6-96;
 2    89-698, eff. 1-14-97; revised 3-31-97.)
 3        (105 ILCS 5/1B-8) (from Ch. 122, par. 1B-8)
 4        Sec.  1B-8.   There  is  created  in the State Treasury a
 5    special fund to be known as  the  School  District  Emergency
 6    Financial  Assistance Fund (the "Fund").  The School District
 7    Emergency  Financial  Assistance  Fund   shall   consist   of
 8    appropriations,   grants  from  the  federal  government  and
 9    donations from any public or private source.  Moneys  in  the
10    Fund  may  be  appropriated  only  to the State Board for the
11    purposes of this Article.  The appropriation may be allocated
12    and expended by the State Board as loans to school  districts
13    which  are  the subject of an approved petition for emergency
14    financial assistance under Section  1B-4.   From  the  amount
15    allocated  to each such school district the State Board shall
16    identify a sum sufficient to cover all approved costs of  the
17    Financial  Oversight  Panel  established  for  the respective
18    school district.  If the State Board and State Superintendent
19    of Education have not approved emergency financial assistance
20    in conjunction with the appointment of a Financial  Oversight
21    Panel,   the  Panel's  approved  costs  shall  be  paid  from
22    deductions from the district's general State aid.
23        The Financial Oversight Panel may prepare and  file  with
24    the  State  Superintendent a proposal for emergency financial
25    assistance for the school district  and  for  the  operations
26    budget  of the Panel.  No expenditures shall be authorized by
27    the State Superintendent until he has approved  the  proposal
28    of  the  Panel,  either as submitted or in such lesser amount
29    determined by the State Superintendent.
30        The maximum  amount  of  emergency  financial  assistance
31    which  may  be  allocated  to  any school district under this
32    Article, including moneys necessary for the operations of the
33    Panel, shall not exceed $1000  times  the  number  of  pupils
                            -16-           LRB9002549THgcam01
 1    enrolled in the school district during the school year ending
 2    June  30  prior to the date of approval by the State Board of
 3    the petition for emergency financial assistance, as certified
 4    to the local board and the Panel by the State Superintendent.
 5        The payment of emergency State financial assistance shall
 6    be  subject  to  appropriation  by  the   General   Assembly.
 7    Emergency  State financial assistance allocated and paid to a
 8    school district under this Article may be applied to any fund
 9    or funds from which the local  board  of  education  of  that
10    district is authorized to make expenditures by law.
11        Any   emergency  financial  assistance  proposed  by  the
12    Financial  Oversight  Panel  and  approved   by   the   State
13    Superintendent may be paid in its entirety during the initial
14    year of the Panel's existence or spread in equal or declining
15    amounts  over  a  period of years not to exceed the period of
16    the Panel's existence.  All payments  made  from  the  School
17    District  Emergency  Financial  Assistance  Fund for a school
18    district shall be required to be repaid, with simple interest
19    at the rate of 4%, not later  than  the  date  the  Financial
20    Oversight  Panel  ceases  to exist. The Panel shall establish
21    and the State Superintendent  shall  approve  the  terms  and
22    conditions,  including  the  schedule,  of  repayments.   The
23    schedule  shall  provide  for repayments commencing July 1 of
24    each year. Repayment shall be incorporated  into  the  annual
25    budget  of  the school district and may be made from any fund
26    or funds of the district in which there are moneys available.
27    When moneys are repaid as provided herein they shall  not  be
28    made  available  to  the  local  board  for  further  use  as
29    emergency financial assistance under this Article at any time
30    thereafter.   All  repayments required to be made by a school
31    district shall be received by the State Board  and  deposited
32    in the School District Emergency Financial Assistance Fund.
33        In   establishing   the  terms  and  conditions  for  the
34    repayment obligation of the school district the  Panel  shall
                            -17-           LRB9002549THgcam01
 1    annually determine whether a separate local property tax levy
 2    is  required.   The  board  of any school district with a tax
 3    rate for educational purposes for the prior year of less than
 4    120% of the maximum rate for educational purposes  authorized
 5    by  Section  17-2  shall  provide for a separate tax levy for
 6    emergency financial assistance repayment purposes.  Such  tax
 7    levy shall not be subject to referendum approval.  The amount
 8    of  the  levy  shall be equal to the amount necessary to meet
 9    the  annual  repayment  obligations  of   the   district   as
10    established  by  the  Panel,  or 20% of the amount levied for
11    educational purposes for the prior year, whichever  is  less.
12    However, no district shall be required to levy the tax if the
13    district's   operating   tax   rate   as   determined   under
14    subparagraph  (A)(5)(b)  of  Section  18-8 or 18-8.05 exceeds
15    200% of the district's tax rate for educational purposes  for
16    the prior year.
17    (Source: P.A. 88-618, eff. 9-9-94.)
18        (105 ILCS 5/1C-2)
19        Sec. 1C-2.  Block grants.
20        (a)  For   fiscal   year   1999,  and  each  fiscal  year
21    thereafter, the State  Board  of  Education  shall  award  to
22    school districts block grants as described in subsections (b)
23    and  (c).  The  State  Board of Education may adopt rules and
24    regulations necessary to implement this Section.
25        (b)  A Professional  Development  Block  Grant  shall  be
26    created  by  combining  the existing School Improvement Block
27    Grant  and  the  REI  Initiative.  These   funds   shall   be
28    distributed  to  school  districts  based  on  the  number of
29    full-time  certified  instructional  staff  employed  in  the
30    district.
31        (c)  An Early Childhood Education Block  Grant  shall  be
32    created   by  combining  the  following  programs:  Preschool
33    Education,  Parental  Training  and  Prevention   Initiative.
                            -18-           LRB9002549THgcam01
 1    These  funds  shall  be  distributed  to school districts and
 2    other entities on a competitive basis.  Eight percent of this
 3    grant shall be used to fund programs for children  ages  0-3.
 4    From  appropriations made for block grant purposes, the State
 5    Board of Education is authorized to award funds  to  eligible
 6    recipients upon application.  Semiannual installment payments
 7    shall  be  made  and  semiannual expenditure reports shall be
 8    required.
 9    (Source: P.A. 88-555, eff. 7-27-94; 89-397, eff. 8-20-95.)
10        (105 ILCS 5/2-3.51) (from Ch. 122, par. 2-3.51)
11        Sec. 2-3.51.  Reading Improvement  Block  Grant  Program.
12    To  improve  the  reading  and  study skills of children from
13    kindergarten through sixth grade in  school  districts.   The
14    State  Board  of  Education,  hereinafter referred to as "the
15    Board", is authorized to administer a fund a School  District
16    Reading  Improvement  Block  Grant  Program.  As used in this
17    Section,  "school  district"  shall  include  those   schools
18    designated as "laboratory schools".
19        (a)  The   program  shall  provide  reading  specialists,
20    teacher aides and other  personnel  to  improve  reading  and
21    study  skills  of children in public schools.  As part of the
22    program, the Board shall also make available funds for  books
23    and  other  printed  materials  which improve the reading and
24    study  skills  of  the  children.   Funds  for  the   Reading
25    Improvement  Block  Grant  Program  shall  be  distributed to
26    school districts on the following basis:  70% of monies shall
27    be awarded on the prior year's best 3  months  average  daily
28    attendance  and  30%  shall  be  distributed on the number of
29    economically disadvantaged (E.C.I.A. Chapter I) pupils in the
30    district, provided that the State  Board  may  distribute  an
31    amount  not  to  exceed 2% of the monies appropriated for the
32    Reading Improvement Block Grant Program for  the  purpose  of
33    providing teacher training and re-training in the teaching of
                            -19-           LRB9002549THgcam01
 1    reading.   Program  funds  shall  be  distributed  to  school
 2    districts in 2 semi-annual installments, one  payment  on  or
 3    before October 30, and one payment prior to April 30, of each
 4    year.  The State Board shall promulgate rules and regulations
 5    necessary for the implementation of this program.
 6        (a-5)  Reading  Improvement  Block  Grant  Program  funds
 7    shall be used by school districts in the following manner:
 8             (1)  to reduce class  size  in  grades  kindergarten
 9        through  3  for the purpose of providing more intensified
10        reading instruction;
11             (2)  to extend  the  time  devoted  in  kindergarten
12        through  third  grade to intensified reading instruction,
13        including phonic instruction, either by  lengthening  the
14        school day or lengthening the school year;
15             (3)  to  create  transitional  grades  for  students
16        needing  intensified  reading  instruction either between
17        the first and second grades or  between  the  second  and
18        third  grades  in  accordance  with the authority granted
19        school districts in Section 10-21.2 of this Code;
20             (4)  to  continue  direct  reading  instruction  for
21        grades 4 through 6;
22             (5)  to establish reading academies in schools  that
23        focus  on  the  mechanics  of reading, the application of
24        reading skills, and the reading of  rich  literature  and
25        that  reflect a commitment of time and resources to these
26        functions;
27             (6)  to conduct intense  vocabulary,  spelling,  and
28        related  writing  enrichment programs that promote better
29        understanding of language and words;
30             (7)  to  increase  the   availability   of   reading
31        specialists and teacher aides for reading; and
32             (8)  to  train  and retrain teachers of kindergarten
33        through third grade to be proficient in the  teaching  of
34        reading, including phonic instruction.
                            -20-           LRB9002549THgcam01
 1        (a-10)  Reading  Improvement  Block  Grant  Program funds
 2    shall be made available  to  each  eligible  school  district
 3    submitting  a  one-page  application  developed  by the State
 4    Board beginning with the 1998-99 school  year.   Applications
 5    shall  include existing Illinois Goals and Assessment Program
 6    (IGAP) reading scores and the planned use for the funds.   At
 7    the  end of each school year the school district shall report
 8    new  IGAP  results  on  the  same  form.   Each  application,
 9    beginning with the 1998-99 school year, shall be for a 2-year
10    grant based on initial  year  qualification.   Districts  not
11    demonstrating performance progress using  IGAP reading scores
12    as  the  basis  of  measure  based  on  metrics  of  progress
13    established  by  the  State  Board  shall not be eligible for
14    funding in the third or  subsequent  years  thereafter  until
15    such  progress is established.
16        (a-15)  The   State   Superintendent   of  Education,  in
17    cooperation with the school districts  participating  in  the
18    program,  shall  annually  report  to  the  leadership of the
19    General Assembly on the results of  the  Reading  Improvement
20    Block  Grant Program and the progress being made on improving
21    the reading skills of students in  kindergarten  through  the
22    sixth grade.
23        (b)  (Blank).  Distribution of monies to school districts
24    shall be made in 2 semi-annual installments, one on or before
25    October 30, and one payment prior to April 30, of each year.
26        From funds distributed for purposes of this Section,  the
27    Board  is  authorized to approve applications from qualifying
28    school districts to help meet a district's costs of employing
29    teacher aides. No school district shall  be  eligible  to  be
30    paid  under  this  Section for more than one teacher aide for
31    each 3 certificated teachers employed  by  the  district  for
32    classroom  teaching  of pupils in kindergarten and grades one
33    through 6.
34        From funds distributed for purposes of this Section,  the
                            -21-           LRB9002549THgcam01
 1    Board  is  authorized to approve applications from qualifying
 2    school districts to help meet a district's cost of  employing
 3    reading  specialists. No school district shall be eligible to
 4    receive payment under this Section for more than one  reading
 5    specialist  for  each  15  certificated  teachers,  or  major
 6    portion  thereof,  employed  by  the  district  for classroom
 7    teaching of pupils in kindergarten and grades one through 6.
 8        (c)  (Blank). Each person  employed  as  a  teacher  aide
 9    pursuant to this Section must work under the supervision of a
10    certificated  teacher  and,  as a condition precedent to that
11    employment, either shall have earned  at  least  30  semester
12    hours  of college credit or shall have successfully completed
13    a Teacher Aide Program approved by the Board.
14        (d)  Grants under the Reading Improvement  Program  shall
15    be  awarded  provided  there  is  an  appropriation  for  the
16    program,  and  funding  levels  for  each  district  shall be
17    prorated according to the amount of the appropriation.
18        (e)  (Blank). District applications for participation  in
19    this program shall be approved by the Board.
20        (f)  (Blank).  Notwithstanding  the  provisions regarding
21    distribution of monies contained in subsections (a)  and  (b)
22    of  this  Section,  the Board may distribute an amount not to
23    exceed  2%  of  the  monies  appropriated  for  the   Reading
24    Improvement  Program  to qualified recipients for the purpose
25    of training  teachers  and  other  educational  personnel  to
26    better  teach reading to the State's elementary and secondary
27    school students.
28    (Source: P.A. 86-237; 86-750; 86-1028; 87-280.)
29        (105 ILCS 5/2-3.51.5)
30        Sec. 2-3.51.5.  School Safety and Educational Improvement
31    Block Grant Program.  To improve the level of  education  and
32    safety  of  students  from  kindergarten  through grade 12 in
33    school districts.  The State Board of Education is authorized
                            -22-           LRB9002549THgcam01
 1    to fund a School Safety  and  Educational  Improvement  Block
 2    Grant Program.
 3        (1)  The program shall provide funding for school safety,
 4    textbooks  and  software,  teacher  training  and  curriculum
 5    development,  school  improvements,  and remediation programs
 6    under subsection (a) of Section 2-3.64.  A school district or
 7    laboratory school as defined in subsection B of Section  18-8
 8    or  18-8.05   is not required to file an application in order
 9    to receive the categorical funding to which  it  is  entitled
10    under   this  Section.   Funds  for  the  School  Safety  and
11    Educational  Improvement  Block  Grant   Program   shall   be
12    distributed  to school districts and laboratory schools based
13    on the prior year's best 3 months average  daily  attendance.
14    The  State  Board  of  Education  shall  promulgate rules and
15    regulations necessary for the implementation of this program.
16        (2)  Distribution of moneys to school districts shall  be
17    made  in 2 semi-annual installments, one payment on or before
18    October 30, and one payment prior to April 30, of each fiscal
19    year.
20        (3)  Grants  under  the  School  Safety  and  Educational
21    Improvement Block Grant Program  shall  be  awarded  provided
22    there is an appropriation for the program, and funding levels
23    for  each  district shall be prorated according to the amount
24    of the appropriation.
25    (Source: P.A. 89-610, eff. 8-6-96.)
26        (105 ILCS 5/2-3.117a new)
27        Sec. 2-3.117a. School Technology Revolving Loan Program.
28        (a)  The  State  Board  of  Education  is  authorized  to
29    administer a School Technology Revolving  Loan  Program  from
30    funds appropriated  from the School Technology Revolving Loan
31    Fund  for  the  purpose  of  making  the  financing of school
32    technology   hardware   improvements    affordable.    School
33    technology  loans shall be made available to school districts
                            -23-           LRB9002549THgcam01
 1    to purchase technology hardware for eligible grade levels  on
 2    a  3-year  rotating  basis:  grades  K-4 in year one and each
 3    third year thereafter, grades 5-8 in year 2  and  each  third
 4    year  thereafter,  grades  9-12 in year 3 and each third year
 5    thereafter.
 6        The State Board of Education shall determine the interest
 7    rate the loans shall bear which shall not be greater than 50%
 8    of the rate for the most recent date shown  in  the  20  G.O.
 9    Bonds  Index of average municipal bond yields as published in
10    the most recent edition of The Bond  Buyer, published in  New
11    York,  New  York.  The repayment period for School Technology
12    Revolving Loans  shall  not  exceed  3  years.  Participating
13    school  districts  shall use the loan proceeds for technology
14    hardware  investments  for  students  and  staff,   including
15    computer  hardware,  technology networks, related wiring, and
16    other items defined in rules adopted by the  State  Board  of
17    Education.   No  school  district  whose  equalized  assessed
18    valuation per pupil in average daily  attendance  is  at  the
19    99th  percentile and above for all districts of the same type
20    shall be eligible to receive a  School  Technology  Revolving
21    Loan under the provisions of this Section for that year.
22        The  State Board of Education shall have the authority to
23    adopt  all  rules  necessary  for  the   implementation   and
24    administration   of  the  School  Technology  Revolving  Loan
25    Program,  including,  but  not  limited  to,  rules  defining
26    application procedures,  prescribing  a  maximum  amount  per
27    pupil  that may be requested annually by districts, requiring
28    appropriate local  commitments  for  technology  investments,
29    prescribing  a  mechanism  for  disbursing  loan funds in the
30    event  requests  exceed  available  funds,  and   prescribing
31    actions  necessary  to  protect  the State's  interest in the
32    event of default,  foreclosure,  or  noncompliance  with  the
33    terms and conditions of the loans.
34        (b)  There  is  created  in the State treasury the School
                            -24-           LRB9002549THgcam01
 1    Technology Revolving Loan Fund.  The State Board  shall  have
 2    the  authority to make expenditures from the Fund pursuant to
 3    appropriations made for the purposes of this  Section.  There
 4    shall  be deposited into the Fund such amounts, including but
 5    not limited to:
 6             (1)  Transfers from the School Infrastructure Fund;
 7             (2)  All receipts, including principal and  interest
 8        payments, from any loan made from the Fund;
 9             (3)  All  proceeds  of  assets  of  whatever  nature
10        received  by  the  State  Board as a result of default or
11        delinquency with respect to loans made from the Fund;
12             (4)  Any appropriations, grants, or  gifts  made  to
13        the Fund; and
14             (5)  Any    income   received   from   interest   on
15        investments of money in the Fund.
16        (105 ILCS 5/2-3.124 new)
17        Sec. 2-3.124.  Liability coverage for certificated school
18    employees.  Beginning with the 1998-99 school year, the State
19    Board of Education shall provide or arrange to have  provided
20    for  each  certificated person who receives a salary or wages
21    in exchange for performing educational employment  activities
22    on  behalf  of  a  school  board,  board  of  trustees, joint
23    agreement  program  board,  cooperative  program  board,   or
24    similar  governing  body  of a public elementary or secondary
25    educational unit in Illinois educators liability coverage  in
26    amounts   no  less  than:   (1)  $1,000,000  per  person  per
27    occurrence, not to include any civil rights issue or  claims;
28    (2)  $250,000  per person per occurrence for any civil rights
29    issue or claims and not to include any other claims; and  (3)
30    $3,000,000 per occurrence aggregate for all claims.
31        The  coverage  provided  by  the  State  Board shall also
32    include: (1) reimbursement of attorney fees for defense of  a
33    criminal  proceeding  in  an amount not less than $35,000 per
                            -25-           LRB9002549THgcam01
 1    proceeding; (2) bail bond coverage of not  less  than  $1,000
 2    per  bond;  and  (3) assault-related personal property damage
 3    coverage of not less than $250 per incident.
 4        The liability coverage required by this Section shall  be
 5    provided  at  no  cost  to the covered persons accepting such
 6    coverage.
 7        The State Board shall adopt such rules and regulations as
 8    are necessary to implement the provisions of this Section.
 9        (105 ILCS 5/7-11) (from Ch. 122, par. 7-11)
10        Sec.  7-11.   Annexation   of   dissolved   non-operating
11    districts.  If  any  school  district has become dissolved as
12    provided in Section 5-32, or if a petition for dissolution is
13    filed under subsection (b)  of  Section  7-2a,  the  regional
14    board  of  school trustees shall attach the territory of such
15    dissolved district to one  or  more  districts  and,  if  the
16    territory  is  added to 2 or more districts, shall divide the
17    property of the dissolved district  among  the  districts  to
18    which  its territory is added, in the manner provided for the
19    division of property in case of the  organization  of  a  new
20    district  from a part of another district. The regional board
21    of school trustees  of  the  region  in  which  the  regional
22    superintendent  has supervision over the school district that
23    is dissolved shall have all  power  necessary  to  annex  the
24    territory  of  the  dissolved  district  as  provided in this
25    Section, including the power to attach  the  territory  to  a
26    school   district  under  the  supervision  of  the  regional
27    superintendent of another educational  service  region.   The
28    annexation  of  the  territory of a dissolved school district
29    under  this  Section  shall  entitle  the  school   districts
30    involved  in  the annexation to payments from the State Board
31    of Education under subsection (A)(5)(m) of  Section  18-8  or
32    subsection  (I)  of Section 18-8.05 and under Sections 18-8.2
33    and 18-8.3  in  the  same  manner  and  to  the  same  extent
                            -26-           LRB9002549THgcam01
 1    authorized  in  the  case  of  other  annexations  under this
 2    Article.  Other provisions of this Article 7  of  The  School
 3    Code  shall  apply to and govern dissolutions and annexations
 4    under this Section and Section 7-2a, except that  it  is  the
 5    intent  of  the General Assembly that in the case of conflict
 6    the provisions of this Section and Section 7-2a shall control
 7    over the other provisions of this Article.
 8        The regional board of school trustees shall  give  notice
 9    of  a hearing, to be held not less than 50 days nor more than
10    70 days after a school district is  dissolved  under  Section
11    5-32  or  a petition is filed under subsection (b) of Section
12    7-2a, on the disposition of  the  territory  of  such  school
13    district  by  publishing  a notice thereof at least once each
14    week for 2 successive weeks in at least one newspaper  having
15    a  general  circulation  within  the  area  of  the territory
16    involved. At such  hearing,  the  regional  board  of  school
17    trustees  shall  hear  evidence  as  to  the school needs and
18    conditions of the  territory  and  of  the  area  within  and
19    adjacent  thereto,  and  shall  take  into  consideration the
20    educational welfare of the pupils of the  territory  and  the
21    normal high school attendance pattern of the children. In the
22    case of an elementary school district if all the eighth grade
23    graduates  of such district customarily attend high school in
24    the same high school district, the regional board  of  school
25    trustees  shall,  unless  it  be  impossible  because  of the
26    restrictions  of  a  special  charter  district,  annex   the
27    territory  of  the district to a contiguous elementary school
28    district whose eighth grade graduates customarily attend that
29    high school, and  that  has  an  elementary  school  building
30    nearest  to the center of the territory to be annexed, but if
31    such eighth grade graduates customarily attend more than  one
32    high  school  the  regional  board  of  school trustees shall
33    determine the attendance pattern of such graduates and divide
34    the territory of the district among the contiguous elementary
                            -27-           LRB9002549THgcam01
 1    districts whose graduates attend  the  same  respective  high
 2    schools.
 3        The  decision of the regional board of school trustees in
 4    such  matter  shall  be  issued  within  10  days  after  the
 5    conclusion of  the  hearing  and  deemed  an  "administrative
 6    decision"  as  defined  in Section 3-101 of the Code of Civil
 7    Procedure and any resident who appears at the hearing or  any
 8    petitioner  may  within  10 days after a copy of the decision
 9    sought to be reviewed was served by registered mail upon  the
10    party  affected  thereby  file  a  complaint for the judicial
11    review   of   such   decision   in   accordance   with    the
12    "Administrative   Review   Law",   and   all  amendments  and
13    modifications thereof and the rules adopted pursuant thereto.
14    The commencement of any action for review shall operate as  a
15    stay  of enforcement, and no further proceedings shall be had
16    until final disposition of such review. The final decision of
17    the regional board of school trustees or of  any  court  upon
18    judicial  review  shall become effective under Section 7-9 in
19    the case of a petition for dissolution filed under subsection
20    (b) of Section  7-2a,  and  a  final  decision  shall  become
21    effective immediately following the date no further appeal is
22    allowable  in  the case of a district dissolved under Section
23    5-32.
24        Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this  Section
25    or  any  other  provision  of law to the contrary, the school
26    board of the Mt. Morris  School  District  is  authorized  to
27    donate  to  the  City  of  Mount  Morris, Illinois the school
28    building and other real property used as a school site by the
29    Mt. Morris School District at the time of its dissolution, by
30    appropriate resolution adopted by the  school  board  of  the
31    district  prior  to the dissolution of the district; and upon
32    the adoption of a resolution by the school board donating the
33    school building and school site to the City of Mount  Morris,
34    Illinois as authorized by this Section, the regional board of
                            -28-           LRB9002549THgcam01
 1    school trustees or other school officials holding legal title
 2    to  the  school  building  and  school  site so donated shall
 3    immediately convey the  same  to  the  City  of  Mt.  Morris,
 4    Illinois.
 5    (Source: P.A. 88-386.)
 6        (105 ILCS 5/10-20.9a) (from Ch. 122, par. 10-20.9a)
 7        Sec. 10-20.9a.  Final Grade; Promotion.
 8        (a)  Teachers   shall  administer  the  approved  marking
 9    system or other approved means of evaluating pupil  progress.
10    The  teacher  shall  maintain the responsibility and right to
11    determine grades and other evaluations of students within the
12    grading policies of  the  district  based  upon  his  or  her
13    professional  judgment of available criteria pertinent to any
14    given subject area  or  activity  for  which  he  or  she  is
15    responsible.  District policy shall provide the procedure and
16    reasons  by  and  for  which a grade may be changed; provided
17    that  no  grade  or  evaluation  shall  be  changed   without
18    notification to the teacher concerning the nature and reasons
19    for  such change. If such a change is made, the person making
20    the change shall assume such responsibility  for  determining
21    the grade or evaluation, and shall initial such change.
22        (b)  School  districts  shall not promote are discouraged
23    from promoting students to the next higher grade level  based
24    upon  age  or  any  other  social  reasons not related to the
25    academic performance of the students.  On or before September
26    1, 1998, school boards shall may adopt and enforce  a  policy
27    such  policies  on promotion as they deem necessary to ensure
28    that students meet local goals and objectives and can perform
29    at the expected grade level prior to promotion. Decisions  to
30    promote  or  retain students in any classes shall be based on
31    successful  completion   of   the   curriculum,   attendance,
32    performance  based  on  Illinois Goals and Assessment Program
33    tests, the Iowa Test of Basic Skills, or other testing or any
                            -29-           LRB9002549THgcam01
 1    other criteria established by  the  school  board.   Students
 2    determined by the local district to not qualify for promotion
 3    to   the   next  higher  grade  shall  be  provided  remedial
 4    assistance, which may include, but shall not be limited to, a
 5    summer bridge program of no  less  than  90  hours,  tutorial
 6    sessions,   increased  or  concentrated  instructional  time,
 7    modifications to instructional materials,  and  retention  in
 8    grade.
 9    (Source: P.A. 89-610, eff. 8-6-96.)
10        (105 ILCS 5/10-20.30 new)
11        Sec.  10-20.30.  No  pass-no play policy.  Beginning with
12    the 1998-99 school year, the  school  board  of  each  school
13    district  that  maintains  any  of  grades 9 through 12 shall
14    establish, implement, and enforce a  uniform  and  consistent
15    policy under which a student in any of those grades who fails
16    to  maintain  a  specified  minimum  grade point average or a
17    specified minimum grade in each course in which  the  student
18    is  enrolled  or both is suspended from further participation
19    in  any  school-sponsored  or  school-supported  athletic  or
20    extracurricular activities for a specified period or until  a
21    specified  minimum  grade  point  average or minimum grade or
22    both are earned by the  student.   Each  school  board  shall
23    adopt a policy as required by this Section not later than one
24    year  after the effective date of this amendatory Act of 1997
25    and shall concurrently file a copy of that  policy  with  the
26    State  Board  of  Education.   After  the  policy has been in
27    effect for one year, the school board  shall  file  a  report
28    with  the  State  Board of Education setting forth the number
29    and length of suspensions imposed under the policy during the
30    period covered by the report. If the school board already has
31    a policy that is consistent with  the  requirements  of  this
32    Section  in  effect  on the effective date of this amendatory
33    Act of 1997, it shall file a copy of  that  policy  with  the
                            -30-           LRB9002549THgcam01
 1    State  Board of Education within 90  days after the effective
 2    date of this amendatory Act and shall file the annual  report
 3    required under this Section 12 months thereafter.
 4        (105 ILCS 5/10-22.6) (from Ch. 122, par. 10-22.6)
 5        Sec.  10-22.6.  Suspension or expulsion of pupils; school
 6    searches.
 7        (a)  To expel pupils  guilty  of  gross  disobedience  or
 8    misconduct,  and  no  action  shall lie against them for such
 9    expulsion. Expulsion shall take place only after the  parents
10    have  been  requested to appear at a meeting of the board, or
11    with a hearing officer appointed  by  it,  to  discuss  their
12    child's behavior. Such request shall be made by registered or
13    certified mail and shall state the time, place and purpose of
14    the meeting. The board, or a hearing officer appointed by it,
15    at such meeting shall state the reasons for dismissal and the
16    date  on  which  the  expulsion  is to become effective. If a
17    hearing officer is appointed by the board he shall report  to
18    the  board  a  written  summary  of the evidence heard at the
19    meeting and the board may take  such  action  thereon  as  it
20    finds appropriate.
21        (b)  To   suspend  or  by  regulation  to  authorize  the
22    superintendent of the district or  the  principal,  assistant
23    principal,  or  dean  of  students  of  any school to suspend
24    pupils guilty of gross  disobedience  or  misconduct,  or  to
25    suspend  pupils guilty of gross disobedience or misconduct on
26    the school bus from riding the  school  bus,  and  no  action
27    shall  lie against them for such suspension. The board may by
28    regulation authorize the superintendent of  the  district  or
29    the  principal,  assistant  principal, or dean of students of
30    any school to suspend pupils guilty of such acts for a period
31    not to exceed 10 school days. If a pupil is suspended due  to
32    gross  disobedience  or misconduct on a school bus, the board
33    may suspend the pupil in excess of 10 school days for  safety
                            -31-           LRB9002549THgcam01
 1    reasons.  Any suspension shall be reported immediately to the
 2    parents or guardian of such pupil along with a full statement
 3    of  the  reasons  for  such  suspension and a notice of their
 4    right to a review, a copy of which  shall  be  given  to  the
 5    school  board.  Upon  request  of the parents or guardian the
 6    school board or a  hearing  officer  appointed  by  it  shall
 7    review  such  action  of  the  superintendent  or  principal,
 8    assistant principal, or dean of students.  At such review the
 9    parents  or  guardian of the pupil may appear and discuss the
10    suspension with the  board  or  its  hearing  officer.  If  a
11    hearing  officer is appointed by the board he shall report to
12    the board a written summary of  the  evidence  heard  at  the
13    meeting.  After  its  hearing  or upon receipt of the written
14    report of its hearing officer, the board may take such action
15    as it finds appropriate.
16        (c)  The Department of Human Services shall be invited to
17    send a representative to  consult  with  the  board  at  such
18    meeting whenever there is evidence that mental illness may be
19    the cause for expulsion or suspension.
20        (d)  The  board may expel a student for a definite period
21    of time not to exceed 2 calendar years, as  determined  on  a
22    case  by  case  basis.    A student who is determined to have
23    brought a weapon to school, any school-sponsored activity  or
24    event,  or  any  activity  or  event which bears a reasonable
25    relationship to school shall be expelled for a period of  not
26    less  than  one year, except that the expulsion period may be
27    modified by the board on a case by case basis.  For  purposes
28    of  this  Section,  the  term "weapon" means possession, use,
29    control or transfer of any object which may be used to  cause
30    bodily harm, including but not limited to a weapon as defined
31    by  Section  921  of Title 18, United States Code, firearm as
32    defined in Section 1.1 of the Firearm  Owners  Identification
33    Act, use of weapon as defined in Section 24-1 of the Criminal
34    Code,   knives,   guns,  firearms,  rifles,  shotguns,  brass
                            -32-           LRB9002549THgcam01
 1    knuckles, billy clubs, or "look-alikes" thereof.  Such  items
 2    as baseball bats, pipes, bottles, locks, sticks, pencils, and
 3    pens  may  be  considered  weapons if used or attempted to be
 4    used to cause bodily harm.  Expulsion or suspension shall  be
 5    construed in a manner consistent with the Federal Individuals
 6    with  Disabilities Education Act. A student who is subject to
 7    suspension or expulsion as provided in this  Section  may  be
 8    eligible  for  a transfer to an alternative school program in
 9    accordance  with  Article  13A  of  the  School  Code.    The
10    provisions  of  this  subsection  (d)  apply  in  all  school
11    districts,  including special charter districts and districts
12    organized under Article 34.
13        (e)  To maintain  order  and  security  in  the  schools,
14    school  authorities  may  inspect and search places and areas
15    such as  lockers,  desks,  parking  lots,  and  other  school
16    property  and equipment owned or controlled by the school, as
17    well as personal effects left in those places  and  areas  by
18    students,  without  notice  to or the consent of the student,
19    and without a search warrant.  As a matter of public  policy,
20    the  General  Assembly finds that students have no reasonable
21    expectation of privacy in these places and areas or in  their
22    personal  effects  left  in  these  places and areas.  School
23    authorities may request the  assistance  of  law  enforcement
24    officials  for  the  purpose  of  conducting  inspections and
25    searches of lockers, desks, parking lots,  and  other  school
26    property  and equipment owned or controlled by the school for
27    illegal  drugs,  weapons,  or  other  illegal  or   dangerous
28    substances or materials, including searches conducted through
29    the  use of specially trained dogs.  If a search conducted in
30    accordance with  this  Section  produces  evidence  that  the
31    student  has  violated  or is violating either the law, local
32    ordinance, or the school's policies or rules,  such  evidence
33    may  be seized by school authorities, and disciplinary action
34    may be taken.  School authorities may  also  turn  over  such
                            -33-           LRB9002549THgcam01
 1    evidence  to  law enforcement authorities.  The provisions of
 2    this subsection (e) apply in all school districts,  including
 3    special  charter  districts  and  districts  organized  under
 4    Article 34.
 5        (f)  Suspension  or  expulsion  may include suspension or
 6    expulsion  from  school  and  all  school  activities  and  a
 7    prohibition from being present on school grounds.
 8    (Source: P.A.  89-371,  eff.  1-1-96;  89-507,  eff.  7-1-97;
 9    89-610, eff. 8-6-96; P.A. 90-14, eff. 7-1-97.)
10        (105 ILCS 5/10-22.20) (from Ch. 122, par. 10-22.20)
11        Sec.  10-22.20.  Classes  for  adults  and  youths  whose
12    schooling   has   been   interrupted;  Conditions  for  State
13    reimbursement; Use of child care facilities.
14        (a)  To establish special classes for the instruction (1)
15    of persons of age 21 years or over, and (2) of  persons  less
16    than age 21 and not otherwise in attendance in public school,
17    for  the  purpose  of  providing adults in the community, and
18    youths  whose  schooling  has  been  interrupted,  with  such
19    additional basic education, vocational  skill  training,  and
20    other  instruction  as  may  be  necessary  to increase their
21    qualifications for employment or other means of  self-support
22    and  their ability to meet their responsibilities as citizens
23    including  courses  of  instruction  regularly  accepted  for
24    graduation  from  elementary  or   high   schools   and   for
25    Americanization  and  General  Educational Development Review
26    classes.
27        The board  shall  pay  the  necessary  expenses  of  such
28    classes  out of school funds of the district, including costs
29    of student transportation and such  facilities  or  provision
30    for  child-care  as  may  be necessary in the judgment of the
31    board  to  permit  maximum  utilization  of  the  courses  by
32    students with  children,  and  other  special  needs  of  the
33    students  directly related to such instruction.  The expenses
                            -34-           LRB9002549THgcam01
 1    thus incurred shall be subject  to  State  reimbursement,  as
 2    provided  in  this  Section.   The  board  may make a tuition
 3    charge for persons taking instruction who are not subject  to
 4    State  reimbursement,  such  tuition charge not to exceed the
 5    per capita cost of such classes.
 6        The cost of such instruction,  including  the  additional
 7    expenses   herein  authorized,  incurred  for  recipients  of
 8    financial aid under the Illinois  Public  Aid  Code,  or  for
 9    persons   for  whom  education  and  training  aid  has  been
10    authorized under Section 9-8 of that Code, shall  be  assumed
11    in  its  entirety from funds appropriated by the State to the
12    State Board of Education.
13        (b)  The  State  Board  of  Education  and  the  Illinois
14    Community  College  Board  shall  annually  enter   into   an
15    interagency   agreement   to  implement  this  Section.   The
16    interagency agreement shall establish the standards  for  the
17    courses  of  instruction  reimbursed under this Section.  The
18    State Board of Education shall supervise  the  administration
19    of   the  programs.   The  State  Board  of  Education  shall
20    determine  the  cost  of  instruction  in   accordance   with
21    standards jointly established by the State Board of Education
22    and  the Illinois Community College Board as set forth in the
23    interagency agreement,  including  therein  other  incidental
24    costs as herein authorized, which shall serve as the basis of
25    State  reimbursement  in  accordance  with  the provisions of
26    this  Section.  In  the  approval   of   programs   and   the
27    determination  of the cost of instruction, the State Board of
28    Education  shall  provide  for  the  maximum  utilization  of
29    federal funds for such programs.  The  interagency  agreement
30    shall also include:
31             (1)  the development of an index of need for program
32        planning  and  for area funding allocations as defined by
33        the State Board of Education;
34             (2)  the   method   for   calculating    hours    of
                            -35-           LRB9002549THgcam01
 1        instruction,  as defined by the State Board of Education,
 2        claimable for reimbursement and a method to phase in  the
 3        calculation  and  for adjusting the calculations in cases
 4        where the services of a program are  interrupted  due  to
 5        circumstances beyond the control of the program provider;
 6             (3)  a   plan  for  the  reallocation  of  funds  to
 7        increase the  amount  allocated  for  grants  based  upon
 8        program performance as set forth in subsection (d) below;
 9        and
10             (4)  the  development  of  standards for determining
11        grants based upon performance as set forth in  subsection
12        (d)  below and a plan for the phased-in implementation of
13        those standards.
14        For  instruction  provided  by   school   districts   and
15    community  college  districts  beginning  July  1,  1996  and
16    thereafter,  reimbursement  provided  by  the  State Board of
17    Education for classes authorized by  this  Section  shall  be
18    provided  pursuant  to the terms of the interagency agreement
19    from funds appropriated for the  reimbursement  criteria  set
20    forth in subsection (c) below.
21        (c)  Upon   the   annual   approval  of  the  interagency
22    agreement,  reimbursement  shall  be   first   provided   for
23    transportation,  child care services, and other special needs
24    of the students directly related to instruction and then from
25    the funds remaining an amount equal to  the  product  of  the
26    total  credit  hours  or units of instruction approved by the
27    State Board of Education, multiplied by the following:
28             (1)  For  adult   basic   education,   the   maximum
29        reimbursement  per credit hour or per unit of instruction
30        shall be  equal  to  the  general  state  aid  per  pupil
31        foundation  level established in subsections 5(a) through
32        5(d)  of  Section  18-8  or  subsection  (B)  of  Section
33        18-8.05, divided by 60;
34             (2)  The maximum reimbursement per  credit  hour  or
                            -36-           LRB9002549THgcam01
 1        per  unit  of instruction in subparagraph (1) above shall
 2        be weighted for students enrolled in classes  defined  as
 3        vocational  skills  and  approved  by  the State Board of
 4        Education by 1.25;
 5             (3)  The maximum reimbursement per  credit  hour  or
 6        per  unit  of instruction in subparagraph (1) above shall
 7        be multiplied by .90 for  students  enrolled  in  classes
 8        defined   as   adult  secondary  education  programs  and
 9        approved by the State Board of Education;
10             (4)  For community  college  districts  the  maximum
11        reimbursement  per credit hour in subparagraphs (1), (2),
12        and (3)  above  shall  be  reduced  by  the  Adult  Basic
13        Education/Adult  Secondary  Education/English As A Second
14        Language credit hour grant  rate  prescribed  in  Section
15        2-16.02 of the Public Community College Act, as pro-rated
16        to the appropriation level; and
17             (5)  Programs receiving funds under the formula that
18        was  in  effect  during  the 1994-1995 program year which
19        continue to be approved and which generate at  least  80%
20        of  the  hours  claimable  in  1994-95, or in the case of
21        programs not approved in 1994-95  at  least  80%  of  the
22        hours  claimable  in  1995-96,  shall  have  funding  for
23        subsequent  years  based upon 100% of the 1995-96 formula
24        funding level for 1996-97, 90%  of  the  1995-96  formula
25        funding  level  for  1997-98,  80% of the 1995-96 formula
26        funding level for 1998-99, and 70% of the 1995-96 formula
27        funding level for 1999-2000.  For  any  approved  program
28        which  generates  less than 80% of the claimable hours in
29        its base year, the level  of  funding  pursuant  to  this
30        paragraph  shall be reduced proportionately.  Funding for
31        program years after 1999-2000 shall be  pursuant  to  the
32        interagency agreement.
33        (d)  Upon   the   annual   approval  of  the  interagency
34    agreement, the State Board of Education shall provide  grants
                            -37-           LRB9002549THgcam01
 1    to  eligible  programs for supplemental activities to improve
 2    or expand services under the Adult Education Act.    Eligible
 3    programs  shall be determined based upon performance outcomes
 4    of students in the programs as set forth in  the  interagency
 5    agreement.
 6        (e)  Reimbursement  under  this  Section shall not exceed
 7    the actual costs of the approved program.
 8        If  the  amount  appropriated  to  the  State  Board   of
 9    Education  for  reimbursement under this Section is less than
10    the amount required under this Act, the  apportionment  shall
11    be proportionately reduced.
12        School  districts  and  community  college  districts may
13    assess students up to $3.00  per  credit  hour,  for  classes
14    other than Adult Basic Education level programs, if needed to
15    meet program costs.
16        (f)  An  education  plan  shall  be  established for each
17    adult or youth whose schooling has been interrupted  and  who
18    is participating in the instructional programs provided under
19    this Section.
20        Each  school  board  and  community college shall keep an
21    accurate and detailed account of the students assigned to and
22    receiving instruction under this Section who are  subject  to
23    State  reimbursement  and  shall  submit  reports of services
24    provided commencing with fiscal year 1997 as required in  the
25    interagency agreement.
26        For  classes authorized under this Section, a credit hour
27    or unit of  instruction  is  equal  to  15  hours  of  direct
28    instruction for students enrolled in approved adult education
29    programs  at  midterm  and  making  satisfactory progress, in
30    accordance with standards jointly established  by  the  State
31    Board  of  Education and the Illinois Community College Board
32    as set forth in the interagency agreement.
33        (g)  Upon proof submitted to the Illinois  Department  of
34    Human  Services  of the payment of all claims submitted under
                            -38-           LRB9002549THgcam01
 1    this Section, that Department shall apply for  federal  funds
 2    made  available  therefor  and  any federal funds so received
 3    shall be paid into the General  Revenue  Fund  in  the  State
 4    Treasury.
 5        School  districts or community colleges providing classes
 6    under this Section shall submit  applications  to  the  State
 7    Board  of  Education  for  preapproval in accordance with the
 8    standards jointly established by the State Board of Education
 9    and the Illinois Community College Board as set forth in  the
10    interagency  agreement.   Payments shall be made by the State
11    Board of Education based  upon  approved  programs.   Interim
12    expenditure  reports  may  be  required by the State Board of
13    Education as set forth in the interagency agreement.    Final
14    claims for the school year shall be submitted to the regional
15    superintendents   for  transmittal  to  the  State  Board  of
16    Education as set forth in the interagency  agreement.   Final
17    adjusted payments shall be made by September 30.
18        If  a school district or community college district fails
19    to provide, or is providing  unsatisfactory  or  insufficient
20    classes  under this Section, the State Board of Education may
21    enter into agreements with public or private  educational  or
22    other   agencies  other  than  the  public  schools  for  the
23    establishment of such classes.
24        (h)  If a school district or community  college  district
25    establishes   child-care   facilities  for  the  children  of
26    participants in classes established under  this  Section,  it
27    may  extend  the use of these facilities to students who have
28    obtained employment and to other  persons  in  the  community
29    whose  children require care and supervision while the parent
30    or other person in charge of  the  children  is  employed  or
31    otherwise absent from the home during all or part of the day.
32    It may make the facilities available before and after as well
33    as  during  regular  school hours to school age and preschool
34    age children who may benefit thereby, including children  who
                            -39-           LRB9002549THgcam01
 1    require  care  and  supervision  pending  the return of their
 2    parent  or  other  person  in  charge  of  their  care   from
 3    employment or other activity requiring absence from the home.
 4        The  State  Board of Education shall pay to the board the
 5    cost of care in  the  facilities  for  any  child  who  is  a
 6    recipient  of  financial  aid  under  The Illinois Public Aid
 7    Code.
 8        The board may charge for care of  children  for  whom  it
 9    cannot  make claim under the provisions of this Section.  The
10    charge shall not exceed per capita cost, and  to  the  extent
11    feasible,  shall  be  fixed  at  a  level  which  will permit
12    utilization by employed parents of low  or  moderate  income.
13    It  may  also  permit  any  other State or local governmental
14    agency or private  agency  providing  care  for  children  to
15    purchase care.
16        After  July  1,  1970  when  the  provisions  of  Section
17    10-20.20  become  operative  in  the  district, children in a
18    child-care facility shall be transferred to the  kindergarten
19    established under that Section for such portion of the day as
20    may  be  required  for the kindergarten program, and only the
21    prorated costs of care and training provided  in  the  Center
22    for  the  remaining  period  shall be charged to the Illinois
23    Department of Human Services or  other  persons  or  agencies
24    paying for such care.
25        (i)  The  provisions  of this Section shall also apply to
26    school districts having a population exceeding 500,000.
27    (Source: P.A. 89-507,  eff.  7-1-97;  89-524,  eff.  7-19-96;
28    revised 8-15-96; 90-14, eff. 7-1-97.)
29        (105 ILCS 5/10-22.23) (from Ch. 122, par. 10-22.23)
30        Sec.  10-22.23.   School  Nurse.   To employ a registered
31    professional nurse and define the duties of the school  nurse
32    within the guidelines of rules and regulations promulgated by
33    the  State  Board  of  Education.   Any  school  nurse  first
                            -40-           LRB9002549THgcam01
 1    employed  on  or  after  July  1,  1976, whose duties require
 2    teaching  or  the  exercise  of  instructional  judgment   or
 3    educational  evaluation of pupils, must be certificated under
 4    Section 21-25  of  this  Act.  School  districts  may  employ
 5    non-certificated  registered  professional  nurses to perform
 6    professional nursing services.
 7    (Source: P.A. 81-1508.)
 8        (105 ILCS 5/10-22.34c new)
 9        Sec. 10-22.34c. Third party  non-instructional  services.
10    Notwithstanding  any other law of this State, nothing in this
11    Code prevents a board  of  education  from  entering  into  a
12    contract  with  a  third party for non-instructional services
13    currently performed by any employee or bargaining unit member
14    or  from  laying  off  those  educational  support  personnel
15    employees  upon  30  days  written  notice  to  the  affected
16    employees.
17        (105 ILCS 5/10-23.5) (from Ch. 122, par. 10-23.5)
18        Sec. 10-23.5.  Educational support  personnel  employees.
19    To  employ such educational support personnel employees as it
20    deems  advisable  and  to  define  their  employment  duties;
21    provided that residency within any school district shall  not
22    be   considered   in   determining   the  employment  or  the
23    compensation of any such  employee,  or  whether  to  retain,
24    promote, assign or transfer such employee.  If an educational
25    support  personnel  employee  is  removed  or  dismissed as a
26    result of a decision of the  school  board  to  decrease  the
27    number of educational support personnel employees employed by
28    the   board   or  to  discontinue  some  particular  type  of
29    educational support service, written notice shall  be  mailed
30    to  the  employee  and  also  given  the  employee  either by
31    certified mail, return receipt requested or personal delivery
32    with receipt at least 30  60  days  before  the  employee  is
                            -41-           LRB9002549THgcam01
 1    removed  or dismissed end of the school term, together with a
 2    statement of honorable dismissal  and  the  reason  therefor.
 3    The  employee  with  the shorter length of continuing service
 4    with  the  district,  within  the  respective   category   of
 5    position,  shall  be  dismissed  first  unless an alternative
 6    method  of  determining  the   sequence   of   dismissal   is
 7    established  in a collective bargaining agreement or contract
 8    between the board and  any  exclusive  bargaining  agent  and
 9    except  that this provision shall not impair the operation of
10    any affirmative action program in the district, regardless of
11    whether it exists by operation of law or is  conducted  on  a
12    voluntary basis by the board.  If the board has any vacancies
13    for  the  following  school  term or within one calendar year
14    from  the  beginning  of  the  following  school  term,   the
15    positions   thereby  becoming  available  within  a  specific
16    category of position shall be tendered to  the  employees  so
17    removed  or  dismissed from that category of position, so far
18    as they are qualified to hold  such  positions.   Each  board
19    shall,   in   consultation   with   any   exclusive  employee
20    representative or bargaining agent,  each  year  establish  a
21    list,   categorized  by  positions,  showing  the  length  of
22    continuing service of  each  full  time  educational  support
23    personnel   employee  who  is  qualified  to  hold  any  such
24    positions, unless an  alternative  method  of  determining  a
25    sequence  of dismissal is established as provided for in this
26    Section, in which case a list shall  be  made  in  accordance
27    with  the  alternative  method.   Copies of the list shall be
28    distributed  to  the  exclusive  employee  representative  or
29    bargaining agent on or before February 1 of each year.  Where
30    an educational support personnel employee is dismissed by the
31    board as a result of a decrease in the number of employees or
32    the discontinuance of the employee's job, the employee  shall
33    be  paid  all  earned  compensation  on  or  before the third
34    business day following his or her last day of employment.
                            -42-           LRB9002549THgcam01
 1        The provisions of this amendatory Act of 1986 relating to
 2    residency within any  school  district  shall  not  apply  to
 3    cities having a population exceeding 500,000 inhabitants.
 4    (Source: P.A. 89-618, eff. 8-9-96.)
 5        (105 ILCS 5/10-23.8) (from Ch. 122, par. 10-23.8)
 6        Sec.  10-23.8.  Superintendent contracts under multi-year
 7    contract. After the effective date of this amendatory Act  of
 8    1997  and  the  expiration  of  contracts  in  effect  on the
 9    effective date of this amendatory Act, school  districts  may
10    only To employ a superintendent under either a contract for a
11    period    not    exceeding   one   year   or   a   multi-year
12    performance-based contract  for  a  period  not  exceeding  5
13    years.  No  such contract can be offered or accepted for less
14    than or more than three years, except for a person serving as
15    superintendent for the first time in Illinois.  In such case,
16    the initial contract shall be for a  two  year  period.  Such
17    contract  may be discontinued at any time by mutual agreement
18    of the  contracting  parties,  or  may  be  extended  for  an
19    additional 3 years at the end of any year.
20        Performance-based  contracts  shall  be linked to student
21    performance and academic improvement within  the  schools  of
22    the   districts.   No  performance-based  contract  shall  be
23    extended or rolled-over prior  to  its  scheduled  expiration
24    unless all the performance and improvement goals contained in
25    the  contract have been met.  Each performance-based contract
26    shall include the goals and indicators of student performance
27    and academic improvement determined and  used  by  the  local
28    school  board to measure the performance and effectiveness of
29    the superintendent and such other information  as  the  local
30    school board may determine.
31        The  contract  year  is July 1 through the following June
32    30, unless  the  contract  specifically  provides  otherwise.
33    Notice  of  intent not to renew the contract must be given by
                            -43-           LRB9002549THgcam01
 1    the board or by the superintendent by April 1 of the year  in
 2    which  the contract expires, unless the contract specifically
 3    provides otherwise.  Failure  to  do  so  will  automatically
 4    extend  the contract for 1 additional year. The provisions of
 5    this  paragraph  shall  not  apply  to  a  district  under  a
 6    Financial  Oversight  Panel  pursuant  to  Section  1A-8  for
 7    violating a financial plan.
 8        Notice of intent not to renew a contract when given by  a
 9    board  must  be  in  writing,  stating  the  specific  reason
10    therefor.   Within  10  days  after receipt of such notice of
11    intent not  to  renew  a  contract,  the  superintendent  may
12    request  a  closed  session hearing on the dismissal.  At the
13    hearing the superintendent has the  privilege  of  presenting
14    evidence,   witnesses   and   defenses  on  the  grounds  for
15    dismissal. The provisions of this paragraph shall  not  apply
16    to  a  district under a Financial Oversight Panel pursuant to
17    Section 1A-8 for violating a financial plan.
18        By accepting the terms  of  a  multi-year  contract,  the
19    superintendent  waives  all  rights  granted him or her under
20    Sections 24-11 through 24-16 of this Act for the duration  of
21    his or her employment as superintendent in the district.
22    (Source: P.A. 89-572, eff. 7-30-96.)
23        (105 ILCS 5/10-23.8a) (from Ch. 122, par. 10-23.8a)
24        Sec.   10-23.8a.  Principal   and   other   administrator
25    contracts under multi-year contract. After the effective date
26    of  this  amendatory  Act  of  1997  and  the  expiration  of
27    contracts  in effect on the effective date of this amendatory
28    Act, school districts may only To employ principals and other
29    school administrators under either a contract  for  a  period
30    not  to  exceed  one  year  or a principal under a multi-year
31    performance-based contract for  a  period  not  to  exceed  5
32    years.  No  such contract can be offered or accepted for less
33    than or more than 3 years, except for  a  person  serving  as
                            -44-           LRB9002549THgcam01
 1    principal  for  the first time in Illinois. In such case, the
 2    initial contract shall be for a 2 year period. Such  contract
 3    may  be  discontinued  at any time by mutual agreement of the
 4    contracting parties, or may be extended for an  additional  3
 5    years at the end of any year.
 6        Performance-based  contracts  shall  be linked to student
 7    performance and  academic  improvement  attributable  to  the
 8    responsibilities    and    duties   of   the   principal   or
 9    administrator.   No  performance-based  contract   shall   be
10    extended  or  rolled-over  prior  to its scheduled expiration
11    unless all the performance and improvement goals contained in
12    the contract have been met.  Each performance-based  contract
13    shall include the goals and indicators of student performance
14    and  academic  improvement  determined  and used by the local
15    school board to measure the performance and effectiveness  of
16    the   principal   or   other  administrator  and  such  other
17    information  as  the  local  school  board   may   determine.
18               The  contract year is July 1 through the following
19    June 30, unless the contract specifically provides otherwise.
20    Notice of intent not to renew the contract must be  given  by
21    the  board  or  by  the principal at least 90 days before the
22    contract expires. Failure to do so will automatically  extend
23    the  contract  for  1 additional year. If offered by a school
24    board, each individual principal shall  have  the  option  to
25    accept  or  refuse  a  multi-year contract. The provisions of
26    this  paragraph  shall  not  apply  to  a  district  under  a
27    Financial  Oversight  Panel  pursuant  to  Section  1A-8  for
28    violating a financial plan.
29        By accepting the terms  of  a  multi-year  contract,  the
30    principal  or  administrator waives all rights granted him or
31    her under Sections 24-11 through 24-16 of this  Act  for  the
32    duration  of  his  or  her  employment  as  a principal or an
33    administrator in the district.
34    (Source: P.A. 89-572, eff. 7-30-96.)
                            -45-           LRB9002549THgcam01
 1        (105 ILCS 5/17-1.5 new)
 2        Sec. 17-1.5.  Limitation of administrative costs.
 3        (a)  It is the  purpose  of  this  Section  to  establish
 4    limitations  on  the growth of administrative expenditures in
 5    order to maximize the proportion of school district resources
 6    available   for   the   instructional    program,    building
 7    maintenance,  and  safety  services  for the students of each
 8    district.
 9        (b)  Definitions.  For the purposes of this Section:
10        "Administrative    expenditures"    mean    the    annual
11    expenditures of school  districts  properly  attributable  to
12    expenditure functions defined by the rules of the State Board
13    of  Education  as:  2310  (Board of Education Services); 2320
14    (Executive Administration  Services);    2330  (Special  Area
15    Administration  Services);  2490  (Other  Support  Services -
16    School Administration); 2510 (Direction of  Business  Support
17    Services);  2520 (Fiscal Services); 2570 (Internal Services);
18    2600  (Total  Support   Services   -   Central);    and   all
19    expenditures  properly  attributable  for  the  Service  Area
20    Direction  of  functions  2540 (Operations and Maintenance of
21    Plant Services), 2550 (Pupil  Transportation  Services),  and
22    2560 (Food Services).
23        "Instructional expenditures" mean the annual expenditures
24    of  school  districts  properly  attributable  to expenditure
25    functions  defined  by  the  rules  of  the  State  Board  of
26    Education  as:  1100  (Regular   Programs);   1200   (Special
27    Education   Programs);  1250  (Educational  Deprived/Remedial
28    Programs); 1300 (Adult/Continuing Education  Programs);  1400
29    (Vocational  Programs); 1500 (Interscholastic Programs); 1600
30    (Summer School  Programs);  1650  (Gifted    Programs);  1800
31    (Bilingual  Programs);  and  1900  (Truants'  Alternative and
32    Optional Programs).
33        "School district" means all  school  districts  having  a
34    population of less than 500,000.
                            -46-           LRB9002549THgcam01
 1        (c)  For  the  1998-99  school  year and each school year
 2    thereafter, each school district  shall  undertake  budgetary
 3    and  expenditure  control  actions  so  that  the increase in
 4    administrative expenditures for that  school  year  over  the
 5    prior  school  year  do  not  exceed  the lesser of 5% or the
 6    percentage increase in instructional  expenditures  for  that
 7    school  year  over  the  prior school year.  School districts
 8    with  administrative  expenditures  per  pupil  in  the  25th
 9    percentile and below for all districts of the same  type,  as
10    defined  by  the  State  Board  of  Education,  may waive the
11    limitation imposed under this Section for any year  with  the
12    affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the members of the
13    school board of the district.
14        (d)  School  districts shall file with the State Board of
15    Education by October 15, 1998  and    by  each  October  15th
16    thereafter  a  one-page  report  that  lists  (i)  the actual
17    administrative  expenditures  and  the  actual  instructional
18    expenditures for the prior year from the  district's  audited
19    Annual    Financial    Report,   and   (ii)   the   projected
20    administrative expenditures and the  projected  instructional
21    expenditures  for the current year from the budget adopted by
22    the school board pursuant to Section 17-1 of this  Code.   If
23    the report and information required under this subsection (d)
24    is not provided by the school district in a timely manner, or
25    is   initially   or  subsequently  determined  by  the  State
26    Superintendent of Education to be incomplete  or  inaccurate,
27    the State Superintendent shall notify the district in writing
28    of reporting deficiencies.  The school district shall, within
29    60  days  of  the  notice, address the reporting deficiencies
30    identified.  If the State Superintendent does not  receive  a
31    satisfactory  response to these reporting deficiencies within
32    these 60 days, the next payment of general State aid due  the
33    district  under Section 18-8 of this Code, and all subsequent
34    payments, may be withheld until the  deficiencies  have  been
                            -47-           LRB9002549THgcam01
 1    addressed.
 2        (e)  If the State Superintendent determines that a school
 3    district   has  failed  to  comply  with  the  administrative
 4    expenditure limitation imposed  in  subsection  (c)  of  this
 5    Section  by  adopting a budget in violation of the limitation
 6    or by having actual administrative expenditures for the prior
 7    year in excess of the limitation,  the  State  Superintendent
 8    shall  notify  the  district  of the violation and direct the
 9    district  to  undertake  corrective  action  to   bring   the
10    district's  budget  into  compliance  with the administrative
11    expenditure limitation.  The district shall, within  60  days
12    of  the  notice,  provide  adequate  assurance  to  the State
13    Superintendent that appropriate corrective actions have  been
14    or  will be taken.  If the district fails to provide adequate
15    assurance or fails  to  undertake  the  necessary  corrective
16    actions, the State Superintendent may withhold all subsequent
17    payments  of general State aid due the district under Section
18    18-8 of this Code until the  assurance  is  provided  or  the
19    corrective actions taken.
20        (f)  The  State  Superintendent shall publish a list each
21    year of the school  districts  that  violate  the  limitation
22    imposed  by  subsection (c) of this Section.  The State Board
23    of Education may recommend to the General  Assembly  and  the
24    Governor  any  additional  sanctions or remedial actions that
25    they determine necessary to  deter  non-compliance  with  the
26    limitation.
27        (105 ILCS 5/18-4.3) (from Ch. 122, par. 18-4.3)
28        Sec.  18-4.3.   Summer  school  grants.   Grants shall be
29    determined for pupil attendance in summer  schools  conducted
30    under Sections 10-22.33A and 34-18 and approved under Section
31    2-3.25 in the following manner.
32        The  amount  of  grant  for each accredited summer school
33    attendance pupil shall be  obtained  by  dividing  the  total
                            -48-           LRB9002549THgcam01
 1    amount of apportionments determined under subsections (1) and
 2    (2)  of  Section 18-8 or Section 18-8.05 by the actual number
 3    of  pupils  in  average  daily  attendance  used   for   such
 4    apportionments.    The   number  of  credited  summer  school
 5    attendance pupils shall be determined (a) by  counting  clock
 6    hours  of  class  instruction  by pupils enrolled in grades 1
 7    through 12 in approved courses conducted at  least  60  clock
 8    hours in summer sessions; (b) by dividing such total of clock
 9    hours  of  class instruction by 4 to produce days of credited
10    pupil attendance; (c) by dividing such days of credited pupil
11    attendance by the actual number of days in the  regular  term
12    as  used  in  computation  in  the  general  apportionment in
13    Section 18-8; and (d) by multiplying by 1.25.
14        The amount of the  grant  for  a  summer  school  program
15    approved   by  the  State  Superintendent  of  Education  for
16    children with disabilities, as defined  in  Sections  14-1.02
17    through  14-1.07, shall be determined in the manner contained
18    above except that average daily membership shall be  utilized
19    in lieu of average daily attendance.
20        In  the  case  of an apportionment based on summer school
21    attendance or membership pupils, the claim therefor shall  be
22    presented  as a separate claim for the particular school year
23    in  which such summer school  session  ends.   On  or  before
24    October  15  of each year the superintendent of each eligible
25    school district shall certify to the regional  superintendent
26    the  claim of the district for the summer session just ended.
27    Failure on the part of the school board to so  certify  shall
28    constitute  a  forfeiture  of its right to such payment.  The
29    regional  superintendent   shall   certify   to   the   State
30    Superintendent  of  Education  no  later  than November 1 the
31    regional report of  claims  for  summer  school.   The  State
32    Superintendent of Education shall transmit to the Comptroller
33    no later than December 15th of each year vouchers for payment
34    of amounts due school districts for summer school.  The State
                            -49-           LRB9002549THgcam01
 1    Superintendent  of  Education shall direct the Comptroller to
 2    draw his warrants for payments thereof by  the  30th  day  of
 3    December.   If the money appropriated by the General Assembly
 4    for  such  purpose  for any year is insufficient, it shall be
 5    apportioned on the basis of claims approved.
 6        However, notwithstanding the  foregoing  provisions,  for
 7    each  fiscal  year  the  money  appropriated  by  the General
 8    Assembly for the purposes of this Section shall only be  used
 9    for  grants  for  approved  summer  school programs for those
10    children  with  disabilities  served  pursuant  to   Sections
11    14-7.02 and 14-7.02a of the School Code.
12    (Source:   P.A.  88-9;  88-641,  eff.  9-9-94;  89-397,  eff.
13    8-20-95.)
14        (105 ILCS 5/18-7) (from Ch. 122, par. 18-7)
15        Sec. 18-7. Payments for  benefit  of  teacher  retirement
16    systems.
17        (a)  In  each  fiscal  year through fiscal year 1998, the
18    State Board of  Education  shall  distribute  to  the  Public
19    School  Teachers'  Pension and Retirement Fund of Chicago the
20    sum, if any, appropriated  for  that  fiscal  year  from  the
21    Common School Fund for the benefit of the Retirement Fund, in
22    the  manner  provided  in  this Section, the Illinois Pension
23    Code, the State Finance Act, and other applicable  provisions
24    of  law.   In  making  this  distribution, the State Board of
25    Education shall present vouchers to the State Comptroller  on
26    the  10th  and  20th  days of each month beginning in August.
27    Each  payment  shall  equal  1/24  of   the   annual   amount
28    appropriated  in the months of August through May and 1/12 of
29    the annual amount appropriated in June.
30        Beginning in fiscal year 1999, the State contributions to
31    the Public School Teachers' Pension and  Retirement  Fund  of
32    Chicago  shall  be appropriated directly to the Fund and paid
33    in vouchers submitted by the board of trustees of  the  Fund.
                            -50-           LRB9002549THgcam01
 1    Vouchers submitted under this subsection shall be paid by the
 2    State  Comptroller  and  Treasurer by warrants drawn on funds
 3    appropriated to  the  Public  School  Teachers'  Pension  and
 4    Retirement  Fund of Chicago State Board of Education for that
 5    purpose.
 6        (b)  The State Board of Education shall, in State  fiscal
 7    year  1995,  pay  to  the  Teachers' Retirement System of the
 8    State of Illinois the amount appropriated  for  the  required
 9    State  contribution  to the System for that fiscal year.  The
10    State Board of Education shall present vouchers to the  State
11    Comptroller  for  this  purpose  on the 10th and 20th days of
12    each month of the fiscal year, other than the month of  July.
13    Each  payment in the months of August through May shall equal
14    1/24 of the amount appropriated for that  fiscal  year;  each
15    payment  in  the month of June shall equal 1/12 of the amount
16    appropriated for that fiscal year.
17        Vouchers submitted under this subsection shall be paid by
18    the State Comptroller and  Treasurer  by  warrants  drawn  on
19    funds  appropriated  to the State Board of Education for that
20    purpose.
21        (c)  Beginning in State fiscal year  1996,  the  required
22    State contributions to the Teachers' Retirement System of the
23    State  of  Illinois  shall  be  appropriated  directly to the
24    System and  paid  on  vouchers  submitted  by  the  board  of
25    trustees  of  the  retirement  system, as provided in Section
26    16-158 of the Illinois Pension Code.  These vouchers shall be
27    paid by the State Comptroller and Treasurer by warrants drawn
28    on funds appropriated  to  the  retirement  system  for  that
29    purpose.
30    (Source: P.A. 88-593, eff. 8-22-94.)
31        (105 ILCS 5/18-8) (from Ch. 122, par. 18-8)
32        Sec.   18-8.  Basis   for   apportionment  to  districts,
33    laboratory schools and alternative schools.
                            -51-           LRB9002549THgcam01
 1        A.  The amounts to be apportioned for school years  prior
 2    to  the  1998-1999  school  year shall be determined for each
 3    educational service region by school districts, as follows:
 4        1.  General Provisions.
 5        (a)  In the computation of the amounts to be apportioned,
 6    the average daily  attendance  of  all  pupils  in  grades  9
 7    through  12  shall  be multiplied by 1.25.  The average daily
 8    attendance  of  all  pupils  in  grades  7  and  8  shall  be
 9    multiplied by 1.05.
10        (b)  The  actual  number  of  pupils  in  average   daily
11    attendance shall be computed in a one-teacher school district
12    by  dividing  the total aggregate days of pupil attendance by
13    the actual number of days school is in session but  not  more
14    than  30  such  pupils  shall  be accredited for such type of
15    district; and in districts of  2  or  more  teachers,  or  in
16    districts  where  records  of  attendance are kept by session
17    teachers, by taking the sum of the respective averages of the
18    units composing the group.
19        (c)  Pupils in average daily attendance shall be computed
20    upon the average of the best 3 months of pupils attendance of
21    the current school year except  as  district  claims  may  be
22    later  amended  as  provided  hereinafter  in  this  Section.
23    However,   for   any   school   district  maintaining  grades
24    kindergarten through 12, the "average daily attendance" shall
25    be computed on the average of the best  3  months  of  pupils
26    attendance of the current year in grades kindergarten through
27    8,  added  together  with the average of the best 3 months of
28    pupils attendance of the current year in grades 9 through 12,
29    except as district claims may be later amended as provided in
30    this Section.  Days of attendance shall be  kept  by  regular
31    calendar  months,  except  any  days  of attendance in August
32    shall be added to the month of  September  and  any  days  of
33    attendance  in  June  shall  be  added  to  the month of May.
34    Except  as  otherwise  provided  in  this  Section,  days  of
                            -52-           LRB9002549THgcam01
 1    attendance by pupils shall be counted only  for  sessions  of
 2    not  less  than  5  clock  hours of school work per day under
 3    direct supervision of: (i)  teachers,  or  (ii)  non-teaching
 4    personnel   or   volunteer   personnel   when   engaging   in
 5    non-teaching   duties  and  supervising  in  those  instances
 6    specified in subsection (a) of Section 10-22.34 and paragraph
 7    10 of Section 34-18, with pupils of legal school age  and  in
 8    kindergarten and grades 1 through 12.
 9        (d)  Pupils  regularly  enrolled  in  a public school for
10    only a part of the school day may be counted on the basis  of
11    1/6  day for every class hour of instruction of 40 minutes or
12    more attended pursuant to such enrollment.
13        (e)  Days of attendance may be less than 5 clock hours on
14    the opening and closing of the  school  term,  and  upon  the
15    first  day  of pupil attendance, if preceded by a day or days
16    utilized as an institute or teachers' workshop.
17        (f)  A session of 4 or more clock hours may be counted as
18    a day  of  attendance  upon  certification  by  the  regional
19    superintendent,  and  approved by the State Superintendent of
20    Education to the extent that the district has been forced  to
21    use daily multiple sessions.
22        (g)  A session of 3 or more clock hours may be counted as
23    a  day of attendance (1) when the remainder of the school day
24    or at least 2 hours in the evening of that  day  is  utilized
25    for  an  in-service  training  program  for teachers, up to a
26    maximum of 5 days per school year of which  a  maximum  of  4
27    days   of   such  5  days  may  be  used  for  parent-teacher
28    conferences,  provided  a  district  conducts  an  in-service
29    training program for teachers which has been approved by  the
30    State  Superintendent  of  Education;  or,  in lieu of 4 such
31    days, 2 full days may be used, in which event each  such  day
32    may  be  counted as a day of attendance; and (2) when days in
33    addition to those provided in item (1)  are  scheduled  by  a
34    school  pursuant to its school improvement plan adopted under
                            -53-           LRB9002549THgcam01
 1    Article 34 or its revised or amended school improvement  plan
 2    adopted under Article 2, provided that (i) such sessions of 3
 3    or  more  clock  hours  are  scheduled  to  occur  at regular
 4    intervals, (ii) the remainder of the  school  days  in  which
 5    such  sessions  occur  are  utilized  for in-service training
 6    programs or other staff development activities for  teachers,
 7    and (iii) a sufficient number of minutes of school work under
 8    the  direct  supervision  of teachers are added to the school
 9    days between such regularly scheduled sessions to  accumulate
10    not less than the number of minutes by which such sessions of
11    3  or  more clock hours fall short of 5 clock hours. Any full
12    days used for the purposes of this  paragraph  shall  not  be
13    considered  for  computing  average  daily  attendance.  Days
14    scheduled for in-service training programs, staff development
15    activities, or parent-teacher conferences  may  be  scheduled
16    separately   for   different   grade   levels  and  different
17    attendance centers of the district.
18        (h)  A session of not less than one clock  hour  teaching
19    of  hospitalized  or homebound pupils on-site or by telephone
20    to the classroom may be counted as  1/2  day  of  attendance,
21    however  these  pupils  must receive 4 or more clock hours of
22    instruction to be counted for a full day of attendance.
23        (i)  A session of at least 4 clock hours may  be  counted
24    as  a day of attendance for first grade pupils, and pupils in
25    full day kindergartens, and a session of 2 or more hours  may
26    be   counted   as   1/2   day  of  attendance  by  pupils  in
27    kindergartens which provide only 1/2 day of attendance.
28        (j)  For children with disabilities who are below the age
29    of 6 years and who cannot attend  two  or  more  clock  hours
30    because  of  their disability or immaturity, a session of not
31    less than one clock  hour  may  be  counted  as  1/2  day  of
32    attendance; however for such children whose educational needs
33    so  require a session of 4 or more clock hours may be counted
34    as a full day of attendance.
                            -54-           LRB9002549THgcam01
 1        (k)  A recognized kindergarten which  provides  for  only
 2    1/2  day of attendance by each pupil shall not have more than
 3    1/2 day  of  attendance  counted  in  any  1  day.   However,
 4    kindergartens  may  count  2  1/2 days of attendance in any 5
 5    consecutive school  days.   Where  a  pupil  attends  such  a
 6    kindergarten  for  2  half  days  on any one school day, such
 7    pupil shall have the following  day  as  a  day  absent  from
 8    school,  unless  the  school  district  obtains permission in
 9    writing  from  the   State   Superintendent   of   Education.
10    Attendance  at  kindergartens which provide for a full day of
11    attendance by  each  pupil  shall  be  counted  the  same  as
12    attendance  by  first  grade  pupils.  Only the first year of
13    attendance in one kindergarten shall  be  counted  except  in
14    case  of children who entered the kindergarten in their fifth
15    year whose educational development requires a second year  of
16    kindergarten as determined under the rules and regulations of
17    the State Board of Education.
18        (l)  Days  of  attendance  by  tuition  pupils  shall  be
19    accredited  only  to  the districts that pay the tuition to a
20    recognized school.
21        (m)  The greater  of  the  immediately  preceding  year's
22    weighted  average  daily  attendance  or  the  average of the
23    weighted  average  daily  attendance   of   the   immediately
24    preceding year and the previous 2 years shall be used.
25        For any school year beginning July 1, 1986 or thereafter,
26    if  the  weighted  average  daily attendance in either grades
27    kindergarten through 8 or grades 9 through 12 of  a  district
28    as  computed  for  the  first  calendar  month of the current
29    school year exceeds by more than 5%, but  not  less  than  25
30    pupils,  the district's weighted average daily attendance for
31    the first calendar month of the  immediately  preceding  year
32    in,  respectively,  grades kindergarten through 8 or grades 9
33    through 12, a supplementary payment  shall  be  made  to  the
34    district  equal  to  the  difference in the amount of aid the
                            -55-           LRB9002549THgcam01
 1    district would be paid under this Section using the  weighted
 2    average  daily attendance in the district as computed for the
 3    first calendar month of  the  current  school  year  and  the
 4    amount  of  aid the district would be paid using the weighted
 5    average daily  attendance  in  the  district  for  the  first
 6    calendar  month  of  the  immediately  preceding  year.  Such
 7    supplementary State aid payment shall be paid to the district
 8    as provided  in  Section  18-8.4  and  shall  be  treated  as
 9    separate  from  all  other  payments  made  pursuant  to this
10    Section 18-8.
11        (n)  The number  of  low  income  eligible  pupils  in  a
12    district  shall result in an increase in the weighted average
13    daily attendance calculated as follows:  The  number  of  low
14    income pupils shall increase the weighted ADA by .53 for each
15    student  adjusted  by  dividing  the  percent  of  low income
16    eligible pupils in the district by the ratio of eligible  low
17    income  pupils  in  the  State to the best 3 months' weighted
18    average daily attendance in the State.  In no  case  may  the
19    adjustment under this paragraph result in a greater weighting
20    than  .625  for each eligible low income student.  The number
21    of low income eligible pupils in  a  district  shall  be  the
22    low-income  eligible  count  from the most recently available
23    federal census and  the  weighted  average  daily  attendance
24    shall  be  calculated in accordance with the other provisions
25    of this paragraph.
26        (o)  Any school district which fails for any given school
27    year to maintain school as required by law, or to maintain  a
28    recognized  school  is  not  eligible to file for such school
29    year any claim upon the  common  school  fund.   In  case  of
30    nonrecognition  of one or more attendance centers in a school
31    district otherwise operating recognized schools, the claim of
32    the district shall be reduced in  the  proportion  which  the
33    average  daily attendance in the attendance center or centers
34    bear to the average daily attendance in the school  district.
                            -56-           LRB9002549THgcam01
 1    A "recognized school" means any public school which meets the
 2    standards  as  established for recognition by the State Board
 3    of Education.  A school district  or  attendance  center  not
 4    having  recognition  status  at  the  end of a school term is
 5    entitled to receive State aid payments due upon a legal claim
 6    which was filed while it was recognized.
 7        (p)  School district claims filed under this Section  are
 8    subject  to  Sections 18-9, 18-10 and 18-12, except as herein
 9    otherwise provided.
10        (q)  The State Board of Education shall secure  from  the
11    Department  of  Revenue the value as equalized or assessed by
12    the Department of Revenue of all taxable  property  of  every
13    school district together with the applicable tax rate used in
14    extending taxes for the funds of the district as of September
15    30 of the previous year.  The Department of Revenue shall add
16    to  the  equalized  assessed value of all taxable property of
17    each school district situated entirely or partially within  a
18    county  with 2,000,000 or more inhabitants an amount equal to
19    the total amount by which the  homestead  exemptions  allowed
20    under Sections 15-170 and 15-175 of the Property Tax Code for
21    real  property  situated  in that school district exceeds the
22    total amount that would have  been  allowed  in  that  school
23    district  as homestead exemptions under those Sections if the
24    maximum reduction under Section 15-170 of  the  Property  Tax
25    Code  was  $2,000  and  the  maximum  reduction under Section
26    15-175 of the Property Tax Code was $3,500.  The county clerk
27    of any  county  with  2,000,000  or  more  inhabitants  shall
28    annually  calculate  and  certify  to the Department for each
29    school district all homestead exemption amounts  required  by
30    this amendatory Act of 1992.  In a new district which has not
31    had  any  tax  rates yet determined for extension of taxes, a
32    leveled uniform rate shall be computed from the latest amount
33    of the fund taxes extended on the several areas  within  such
34    new district.
                            -57-           LRB9002549THgcam01
 1        (r)  If  a  school  district  operates a full year school
 2    under Section 10-19.1, the general state aid  to  the  school
 3    district  shall be determined by the State Board of Education
 4    in accordance with this Section as near as may be applicable.
 5        2.  New  or  recomputed  claim.  The  general  State  aid
 6    entitlement for a newly created school district or a district
 7    which has annexed an entire school district shall be computed
 8    using  attendance,  compensatory  pupil   counts,   equalized
 9    assessed  valuation,  and tax rate data which would have been
10    used had the district been in existence for 3 years.  General
11    State  aid  entitlements  shall  not  be recomputed except as
12    permitted herein.
13        3.  Impaction.   Impaction  payments  shall  be  made  as
14    provided for in Section 18-4.2.
15        4.  Summer school.  Summer school payments shall be  made
16    as provided in Section 18-4.3.
17        5.  Computation  of  State aid.  The State grant shall be
18    determined as follows:
19        (a)  The State shall guarantee the amount of money that a
20    district's operating tax rate as limited in other Sections of
21    this Act would produce if every district  maintaining  grades
22    kindergarten  through  12 had an equalized assessed valuation
23    equal to $74,791  per  weighted  ADA  pupil;  every  district
24    maintaining  grades  kindergarten  through 8 had an equalized
25    assessed valuation of $108,644 per weighted  ADA  pupil;  and
26    every  district  maintaining  grades  9  through  12  had  an
27    equalized  assessed  valuation  of  $187,657 per weighted ADA
28    pupil.  The  State  Board  of  Education  shall  adjust   the
29    equalized   assessed   valuation   amounts   stated  in  this
30    paragraph, if necessary, to conform  to  the  amount  of  the
31    appropriation approved for any fiscal year.
32        (b)  The  operating  tax rate to be used shall consist of
33    all district taxes extended for all purposes except community
34    college educational purposes for the payment of tuition under
                            -58-           LRB9002549THgcam01
 1    Section 6-1 of the Public Community  College  Act,  Bond  and
 2    Interest,   Summer  School,  Rent,  Capital  Improvement  and
 3    Vocational Education Building.  Any  district  may  elect  to
 4    exclude  Transportation from the calculation of its operating
 5    tax rate.  Districts  may  include  taxes  extended  for  the
 6    payment  of  principal and interest on bonds issued under the
 7    provisions of Sections 17-2.11a and 20-2 at a  rate  of  .05%
 8    per  year  for  each  purpose  or  the  actual rate extended,
 9    whichever is less.
10        (c)  For calculation of aid under  this  Act  a  district
11    shall  use the combined authorized tax rates of all funds not
12    exempt in (b) above, not to exceed 2.76% of the value of  all
13    its   taxable  property  as  equalized  or  assessed  by  the
14    Department  of  Revenue  for  districts  maintaining   grades
15    kindergarten  through  12;  1.90%  of  the  value  of all its
16    taxable property as equalized or assessed by  the  Department
17    of  Revenue  for  districts  maintaining  grades kindergarten
18    through 8 only;  1.10%  of  the  value  of  all  its  taxable
19    property  as  equalized  or  assessed  by  the  Department of
20    Revenue for districts maintaining grades 9 through  12  only.
21    A  district may, however, as provided in Article 17, increase
22    its operating tax rate above the  maximum  rate  provided  in
23    this  subsection without affecting the amount of State aid to
24    which it is entitled under this Act.
25        (d) (1)  For districts  maintaining  grades  kindergarten
26    through  12  with  an  operating  tax  rate  as  described in
27    subsections 5(b) and (c) of less than  2.18%,  and  districts
28    maintaining  grades  kindergarten through 8 with an operating
29    tax rate of less than 1.28%, State aid shall be  computed  by
30    multiplying  the  difference between the guaranteed equalized
31    assessed valuation per weighted ADA pupil in subsection  5(a)
32    and  the  equalized assessed valuation per weighted ADA pupil
33    in the district by the operating tax rate, multiplied by  the
34    weighted  average daily attendance of the district; provided,
                            -59-           LRB9002549THgcam01
 1    however, that for the 1989-1990 school year  only,  a  school
 2    district  maintaining  grades  kindergarten  through  8 whose
 3    operating tax rate with reference to which its general  State
 4    aid  for the 1989-1990 school year is determined is less than
 5    1.28% and more than 1.090%, and which had  an  operating  tax
 6    rate  of  1.28% or more for the previous year, shall have its
 7    general State aid computed according  to  the  provisions  of
 8    subsection 5(d)(2).
 9        (2)  For   districts   maintaining   grades  kindergarten
10    through 12  with  an  operating  tax  rate  as  described  in
11    subsection  5(b)  and  (c)  of 2.18% and above, the State aid
12    shall be computed as provided in subsection (d)  (1)  but  as
13    though  the  district  had an operating tax rate of 2.76%; in
14    K-8 districts with an operating tax rate of 1.28% and  above,
15    the State aid shall be computed as provided in subsection (d)
16    (1)  but  as though the district had an operating tax rate of
17    1.90%; and in 9-12 districts, the State aid shall be computed
18    by  multiplying  the  difference   between   the   guaranteed
19    equalized  assessed  valuation  per  weighted  average  daily
20    attendance   pupil  in  subsection  5(a)  and  the  equalized
21    assessed valuation  per  weighted  average  daily  attendance
22    pupil  in  the  district  by  the  operating tax rate, not to
23    exceed  1.10%,  multiplied  by  the  weighted  average  daily
24    attendance of the district.  State  aid  computed  under  the
25    provisions  of  this  subsection  (d) (2) shall be treated as
26    separate from  all  other  payments  made  pursuant  to  this
27    Section.   The  State  Comptroller  and State Treasurer shall
28    transfer from the General Revenue Fund to the  Common  School
29    Fund  the amounts necessary to permit these claims to be paid
30    in equal installments along with  other  State  aid  payments
31    remaining to be made for the 1983-1984 school year under this
32    Section.
33        (3)  For   any   school  district  whose  1995  equalized
34    assessed  valuation  is  at  least  6%  less  than  its  1994
                            -60-           LRB9002549THgcam01
 1    equalized assessed valuation as the result of a reduction  in
 2    the  equalized  assessed  valuation  of  the taxable property
 3    within such  district  of  any  one  taxpayer  whose  taxable
 4    property  within  the  district has a 1994 equalized assessed
 5    valuation constituting at least 20%  of  the  1994  equalized
 6    assessed   valuation  of  all  taxable  property  within  the
 7    district, the 1996-97 State aid of  such  district  shall  be
 8    computed using its 1995 equalized assessed valuation.
 9        (4)  For   any   school  district  whose  1988  equalized
10    assessed valuation is 55%  or  less  of  its  1981  equalized
11    assessed  valuation,  the  1990-91 State aid of such district
12    shall be computed by multiplying the 1988 equalized  assessed
13    valuation  by a factor of .8.  Any such school district which
14    is reorganized effective for the 1991-92  school  year  shall
15    use the formula provided in this subparagraph for purposes of
16    the  calculation  made  pursuant  to  subsection  (m) of this
17    Section.
18        (e)  The amount of State aid shall be computed under  the
19    provisions  of  subsections  5(a)  through  5(d) provided the
20    equalized assessed valuation per weighted ADA pupil  is  less
21    than  .87 of the amounts in subsection 5(a). If the equalized
22    assessed valuation per weighted ADA  pupil  is  equal  to  or
23    greater than .87 of the amounts in subsection 5(a), the State
24    aid  shall  be  computed  under  the provisions of subsection
25    5(f).
26        (f)  If the equalized assessed valuation per weighted ADA
27    pupil is equal to or greater  than  .87  of  the  amounts  in
28    subsection  5(a),  the State aid per weighted ADA pupil shall
29    be computed by multiplying  the  product  of  .13  times  the
30    maximum  per  pupil  amount  computed under the provisions of
31    subsections 5(a) through 5(d)  by  an  amount  equal  to  the
32    quotient  of  .87  times the equalized assessed valuation per
33    weighted ADA pupil  in  subsection  5(a)  for  that  type  of
34    district  divided  by  the  district  equalized valuation per
                            -61-           LRB9002549THgcam01
 1    weighted ADA pupil except  in  no  case  shall  the  district
 2    receive  State  aid  per  weighted ADA pupil of less than .07
 3    times  the  maximum  per  pupil  amount  computed  under  the
 4    provisions of subsections 5(a) through 5(d).
 5        (g)  In addition  to  the  above  grants,  summer  school
 6    grants  shall  be made based upon the calculation as provided
 7    in subsection 4 of this Section.
 8        (h)  The board of  any  district  receiving  any  of  the
 9    grants  provided for in this Section may apply those funds to
10    any fund so received for which that board  is  authorized  to
11    make expenditures by law.
12        (i) (1) (a)  In  school  districts  with an average daily
13    attendance of 50,000 or more, the amount  which  is  provided
14    under subsection 1(n) of this Section by the application of a
15    base  Chapter 1 weighting factor of .375 shall be distributed
16    to the attendance centers within the district  in  proportion
17    to  the  number  of pupils enrolled at each attendance center
18    who are eligible to receive free or reduced-price lunches  or
19    breakfasts  under the federal Child Nutrition Act of 1966 and
20    under the National School Lunch Act  during  the  immediately
21    preceding  school  year.   The  amount  of State aid provided
22    under subsection 1(n) of this Section by the  application  of
23    the  Chapter  1  weighting  factor in excess of .375 shall be
24    distributed to the attendance centers within the district  in
25    proportion to the total enrollment at each attendance center.
26    Beginning  with  school  year  1989-90,  and each school year
27    thereafter, all funds provided under subsection 1 (n) of this
28    Section by the application of the Chapter 1 weighting  factor
29    which  are  in  excess of the level of non-targeted Chapter 1
30    funds  in  school  year  1988-89  shall  be  distributed   to
31    attendance  centers,  and  only to attendance centers, within
32    the district in proportion to the number of  pupils  enrolled
33    at each attendance center who are eligible to receive free or
34    reduced  price  lunches or breakfasts under the Federal Child
                            -62-           LRB9002549THgcam01
 1    Nutrition Act and under the National School Lunch Act  during
 2    the  immediately  preceding school year.  Beginning in school
 3    year 1989-90, 25% of the previously  non-targeted  Chapter  1
 4    funds  as  established  for school year 1988-89 shall also be
 5    distributed to the attendance centers, and only to attendance
 6    centers, in the district  in  proportion  to  the  number  of
 7    pupils enrolled at each attendance center who are eligible to
 8    receive free or reduced price lunches or breakfasts under the
 9    Federal  Child  Nutrition  Act  and under the National School
10    Lunch Act during the immediately preceding  school  year;  in
11    school  year  1990-91,  50%  of  the  previously non-targeted
12    Chapter 1 funds as established for school year 1988-89  shall
13    be  distributed to attendance centers, and only to attendance
14    centers, in the district  in  proportion  to  the  number  of
15    pupils enrolled at each attendance center who are eligible to
16    receive  such  free  or  reduced  price lunches or breakfasts
17    during the immediately preceding school year; in school  year
18    1991-92,  75%  of the previously non-targeted Chapter 1 funds
19    as established for school year 1988-89 shall  be  distributed
20    to attendance centers, and only to attendance centers, in the
21    district  in  proportion  to the number of pupils enrolled at
22    each attendance center who are eligible to receive such  free
23    or reduced price lunches or breakfasts during the immediately
24    preceding school year; in school year 1992-93 and thereafter,
25    all  funds provided under subsection 1 (n) of this Section by
26    the application of the Chapter 1 weighting  factor  shall  be
27    distributed  to  attendance  centers,  and only to attendance
28    centers, in the district  in  proportion  to  the  number  of
29    pupils enrolled at each attendance center who are eligible to
30    receive free or reduced price lunches or breakfasts under the
31    Federal  Child  Nutrition  Act  and under the National School
32    Lunch Act  during  the  immediately  preceding  school  year;
33    provided,  however,  that  the distribution formula in effect
34    beginning with school year 1989-90 shall not be applicable to
                            -63-           LRB9002549THgcam01
 1    such portion of State aid provided under subsection 1 (n)  of
 2    this  Section  by  the application of the Chapter 1 weighting
 3    formula as is  set  aside  and  appropriated  by  the  school
 4    district  for the purpose of providing desegregation programs
 5    and related transportation to students (which  portion  shall
 6    not  exceed  5%  of  the  total  amount of State aid which is
 7    provided  under  subsection  1  (n)  of   this   Section   by
 8    application  of  the  Chapter  1  weighting formula), and the
 9    relevant  percentages  shall  be  applied  to  the  remaining
10    portion  of  such  State  aid.   The  distribution  of  these
11    portions  of  general  State  aid  among  attendance  centers
12    according to these requirements shall not be compensated  for
13    or  contravened  by  adjustments  of the total of other funds
14    appropriated to any attendance centers.   (b)  The  Board  of
15    Education  shall  utilize funding from one or several sources
16    in order to fully implement this provision annually prior  to
17    the  opening  of  school.  The Board of Education shall apply
18    savings from  reduced  administrative  costs  required  under
19    Section  34-43.1  and growth in non-Chapter 1 State and local
20    funds to assure that all attendance centers  receive  funding
21    to replace losses due to redistribution of Chapter 1 funding.
22    The distribution formula and funding to replace losses due to
23    the  distribution formula shall occur, in full, using any and
24    all sources available, including, if necessary, revenue  from
25    administrative  reductions  beyond  those required in Section
26    34-43.1, in order to provide the necessary funds.   (c)  Each
27    attendance  center shall be provided by the school district a
28    distribution of noncategorical funds  and  other  categorical
29    funds  to which an attendance center is entitled under law in
30    order that the State  aid  provided  by  application  of  the
31    Chapter  1  weighting  factor  and required to be distributed
32    among attendance centers according  to  the  requirements  of
33    this   paragraph   supplements   rather  than  supplants  the
34    noncategorical funds and other categorical funds provided  by
                            -64-           LRB9002549THgcam01
 1    the    school    district    to   the   attendance   centers.
 2    Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of  this  subsection
 3    5(i)(1)  or any other law to the contrary, beginning with the
 4    1995-1996 school year and for each  school  year  thereafter,
 5    the  board  of  a  school district to which the provisions of
 6    this subsection  apply  shall  be  required  to  allocate  or
 7    provide  to  attendance  centers  of the district in any such
 8    school year, from the State aid  provided  for  the  district
 9    under  this Section by application of the Chapter 1 weighting
10    factor, an aggregate amount of not less than $261,000,000  of
11    State  Chapter  1  funds.  Any  State Chapter 1 funds that by
12    reason of the provisions of this paragraph are  not  required
13    to  be  allocated  and  provided to attendance centers may be
14    used and appropriated by the board of the  district  for  any
15    lawful  school  purpose.    Chapter  1  funds  received by an
16    attendance  center  (except  those  funds   set   aside   for
17    desegregation   programs   and   related   transportation  to
18    students) shall be used on the schedule cited in this Section
19    at the attendance center at the discretion of  the  principal
20    and  local school council for programs to improve educational
21    opportunities at qualifying  schools  through  the  following
22    programs  and  services:  early  childhood education, reduced
23    class size or improved  adult  to  student  classroom  ratio,
24    enrichment    programs,   remedial   assistance,   attendance
25    improvement and other educationally  beneficial  expenditures
26    which supplement the regular and basic programs as determined
27    by  the  State Board of Education.  Chapter 1 funds shall not
28    be expended for any political or lobbying purposes as defined
29    by board rule. (d) Each district subject to the provisions of
30    this paragraph shall submit an acceptable plan  to  meet  the
31    educational  needs  of  disadvantaged children, in compliance
32    with the requirements of this paragraph, to the  State  Board
33    of  Education  prior to July 15 of each year. This plan shall
34    be consistent with the decisions  of  local  school  councils
                            -65-           LRB9002549THgcam01
 1    concerning   the   school   expenditure  plans  developed  in
 2    accordance with part 4 of Section 34-2.3.   The  State  Board
 3    shall  approve  or  reject  the plan within 60 days after its
 4    submission.  If the plan is rejected the district shall  give
 5    written notice of intent to modify the plan within 15 days of
 6    the notification of rejection and then submit a modified plan
 7    within 30 days after the date of the written notice of intent
 8    to  modify.    Districts may amend approved plans pursuant to
 9    rules promulgated by the State Board of Education.
10        Upon notification by the State Board  of  Education  that
11    the  district  has not submitted a plan prior to July 15 or a
12    modified plan within the time period  specified  herein,  the
13    State  aid funds affected by said plan or modified plan shall
14    be withheld by the State Board of Education until a  plan  or
15    modified plan is submitted.
16        If   the  district  fails  to  distribute  State  aid  to
17    attendance centers in accordance with an approved  plan,  the
18    plan for the following year shall allocate funds, in addition
19    to  the  funds  otherwise  required  by this subparagraph, to
20    those attendance centers which were  underfunded  during  the
21    previous year in amounts equal to such underfunding.
22        For   purposes   of   determining  compliance  with  this
23    subsection  in  relation  to  Chapter  1  expenditures,  each
24    district subject to the provisions of this  subsection  shall
25    submit  as  a  separate document by December 1 of each year a
26    report of Chapter 1 expenditure data for the  prior  year  in
27    addition  to  any modification of its current plan.  If it is
28    determined that there has been a failure to comply  with  the
29    expenditure   provisions   of   this   subsection   regarding
30    contravention  or  supplanting,  the  State Superintendent of
31    Education shall, within 60 days of  receipt  of  the  report,
32    notify  the  district  and any affected local school council.
33    The  district  shall  within  45  days  of  receipt  of  that
34    notification inform the State Superintendent of Education  of
                            -66-           LRB9002549THgcam01
 1    the  remedial  or  corrective action to be taken, whether  by
 2    amendment of the current plan, if feasible, or by  adjustment
 3    in  the  plan for the following year.  Failure to provide the
 4    expenditure  report  or  the  notification  of  remedial   or
 5    corrective  action  in  a  timely  manner  shall  result in a
 6    withholding of the affected funds.
 7        The State Board of Education shall promulgate  rules  and
 8    regulations  to  implement  the provisions of this subsection
 9    5(i)(1).  No funds shall be released under subsection 1(n) of
10    this Section or under this subsection 5(i)(1) to any district
11    which has not submitted a plan which has been approved by the
12    State Board of Education.
13        (2)  School districts with an average daily attendance of
14    more than 1,000 and less than 50,000 and having a low  income
15    pupil  weighting  factor in excess of .53 shall submit a plan
16    to the State Board of Education prior to October 30  of  each
17    year  for the use of the funds resulting from the application
18    of subsection 1(n) of this Section  for  the  improvement  of
19    instruction  in  which  priority  is  given  to  meeting  the
20    education  needs  of disadvantaged children.  Such plan shall
21    be  submitted  in  accordance  with  rules  and   regulations
22    promulgated by the State Board of Education.
23        (j)  For the purposes of calculating State aid under this
24    Section, with respect to any part of a school district within
25    a   redevelopment   project   area  in  respect  to  which  a
26    municipality has adopted tax increment  allocation  financing
27    pursuant  to  the Tax Increment Allocation Redevelopment Act,
28    Sections  11-74.4-1  through  11-74.4-11  of   the   Illinois
29    Municipal  Code or the Industrial Jobs Recovery Law, Sections
30    11-74.6-1 through 11-74.6-50 of the Illinois Municipal  Code,
31    no  part  of the current equalized assessed valuation of real
32    property  located  in  any  such  project   area   which   is
33    attributable to an increase above the total initial equalized
34    assessed   valuation  of  such  property  shall  be  used  in
                            -67-           LRB9002549THgcam01
 1    computing the equalized assessed valuation per  weighted  ADA
 2    pupil  in  the district, until such time as all redevelopment
 3    project  costs  have  been  paid,  as  provided  in   Section
 4    11-74.4-8  of  the Tax Increment Allocation Redevelopment Act
 5    or in Section 11-74.6-35 of the Industrial Jobs Recovery Law.
 6    For the purpose of computing the equalized assessed valuation
 7    per weighted ADA pupil in  the  district  the  total  initial
 8    equalized   assessed   valuation  or  the  current  equalized
 9    assessed valuation, whichever is lower, shall be  used  until
10    such time as all redevelopment project costs have been paid.
11        (k)  For  a school district operating under the financial
12    supervision of an Authority created under  Article  34A,  the
13    State  aid  otherwise  payable  to  that  district under this
14    Section, other than  State  aid  attributable  to  Chapter  1
15    students,  shall  be reduced by an amount equal to the budget
16    for the operations of  the  Authority  as  certified  by  the
17    Authority  to  the  State  Board  of Education, and an amount
18    equal to such  reduction  shall  be  paid  to  the  Authority
19    created  for  such district for its operating expenses in the
20    manner provided in Section 18-11.   The  remainder  of  State
21    school  aid for any such district shall be paid in accordance
22    with Article 34A when that Article provides for a disposition
23    other than that provided by this Article.
24        (l)  For purposes of calculating  State  aid  under  this
25    Section,  the  equalized  assessed  valuation  for  a  school
26    district  used  to  compute  State aid shall be determined by
27    adding to the real property equalized assessed valuation  for
28    the  district  an  amount  computed by dividing the amount of
29    money received by the district under the  provisions  of  "An
30    Act  in  relation  to  the  abolition  of ad valorem personal
31    property tax and the replacement of revenues  lost  thereby",
32    certified  August  14,  1979,  by  the total tax rate for the
33    district. For purposes of  this  subsection  1976  tax  rates
34    shall  be used for school districts in the county of Cook and
                            -68-           LRB9002549THgcam01
 1    1977 tax rates shall be used  for  school  districts  in  all
 2    other counties.
 3        (m) (1)  For  a  new  school district formed by combining
 4    property  included  totally  within  2  or  more   previously
 5    existing school districts, for its first year of existence or
 6    if  the  new  district  was formed after October 31, 1982 and
 7    prior  to  September  23,  1985,  for  the  year  immediately
 8    following September 23, 1985, the State aid calculated  under
 9    this  Section  shall be computed for the new district and for
10    the previously  existing  districts  for  which  property  is
11    totally included within the new district.  If the computation
12    on the basis of the previously existing districts is greater,
13    a supplementary payment equal to the difference shall be made
14    for  the first 3 years of existence of the new district or if
15    the new district was formed after October 31, 1982 and  prior
16    to  September 23, 1985, for the 3 years immediately following
17    September 23, 1985.
18        (2)  For a school  district  which  annexes  all  of  the
19    territory  of  one or more entire other school districts, for
20    the  first  year  during  which  the  change  of   boundaries
21    attributable  to  such  annexation  becomes effective for all
22    purposes as determined under Section 7-9 or 7A-8,  the  State
23    aid  calculated  under this Section shall be computed for the
24    annexing district as constituted after the annexation and for
25    the annexing and each annexed district as  constituted  prior
26    to the annexation; and if the computation on the basis of the
27    annexing  and  annexed  districts as constituted prior to the
28    annexation is greater, a supplementary payment equal  to  the
29    difference  shall  be made for the first 3 years of existence
30    of the annexing school  district  as  constituted  upon  such
31    annexation.
32        (3)  For  2  or  more school districts which annex all of
33    the territory of one or more entire other  school  districts,
34    and  for 2 or more community unit districts which result upon
                            -69-           LRB9002549THgcam01
 1    the division (pursuant to petition under  Section  11A-2)  of
 2    one  or more other unit school districts into 2 or more parts
 3    and which together include all of the parts into  which  such
 4    other  unit  school district or districts are so divided, for
 5    the  first  year  during  which  the  change  of   boundaries
 6    attributable to such annexation or division becomes effective
 7    for  all  purposes as determined under Section 7-9 or 11A-10,
 8    as the case may be,  the  State  aid  calculated  under  this
 9    Section  shall  be  computed  for  each annexing or resulting
10    district as constituted after the annexation or division  and
11    for each annexing and annexed district, or for each resulting
12    and  divided district, as constituted prior to the annexation
13    or division; and if the aggregate of  the  State  aid  as  so
14    computed   for   the   annexing  or  resulting  districts  as
15    constituted after the annexation or division is less than the
16    aggregate of the State aid as so computed  for  the  annexing
17    and  annexed  districts,  or  for  the  resulting and divided
18    districts,  as  constituted  prior  to  the   annexation   or
19    division,   then   a   supplementary  payment  equal  to  the
20    difference shall be made and allocated between or  among  the
21    annexing  or  resulting  districts,  as constituted upon such
22    annexation or division,  for  the  first  3  years  of  their
23    existence.   The  total difference payment shall be allocated
24    between or among the annexing or resulting districts  in  the
25    same  ratio  as the pupil enrollment from that portion of the
26    annexed or divided district or districts which is annexed  to
27    or included in each such annexing or resulting district bears
28    to  the  total  pupil  enrollment  from the entire annexed or
29    divided district or districts, as such  pupil  enrollment  is
30    determined  for the school year last ending prior to the date
31    when the change of boundaries attributable to the  annexation
32    or  division  becomes effective for all purposes.  The amount
33    of the total difference payment and the amount thereof to  be
34    allocated  to  the  annexing  or resulting districts shall be
                            -70-           LRB9002549THgcam01
 1    computed by the State Board of  Education  on  the  basis  of
 2    pupil  enrollment  and other data which shall be certified to
 3    the State Board of Education, on forms which it shall provide
 4    for that purpose, by the regional superintendent  of  schools
 5    for each educational service region in which the annexing and
 6    annexed  districts,  or  resulting  and divided districts are
 7    located.
 8        (4)  If a unit school district annexes all the  territory
 9    of  another  unit  school district effective for all purposes
10    pursuant to Section 7-9 on July 1, 1988, and if part  of  the
11    annexed  territory  is  detached within 90 days after July 1,
12    1988, then the detachment shall be disregarded  in  computing
13    the supplementary State aid payments under this paragraph (m)
14    for  the entire 3 year period and the supplementary State aid
15    payments shall not be diminished because of the detachment.
16        (5)  Any supplementary State aid payment made under  this
17    paragraph  (m)  shall  be  treated as separate from all other
18    payments made pursuant to this Section.
19        (n)  For the purposes of calculating State aid under this
20    Section, the real property equalized assessed valuation for a
21    school district used to compute State aid shall be determined
22    by subtracting from the real property value as  equalized  or
23    assessed  by  the  Department  of Revenue for the district an
24    amount computed by dividing the amount of  any  abatement  of
25    taxes  under  Section  18-170 of the Property Tax Code by the
26    maximum operating tax rates specified in subsection  5(c)  of
27    this Section and an amount computed by dividing the amount of
28    any abatement of taxes under subsection (a) of Section 18-165
29    of  the  Property Tax Code by the maximum operating tax rates
30    specified in subsection 5(c) of this Section.
31        (o)  Notwithstanding  any  other   provisions   of   this
32    Section,  for  the  1996-1997  school  year the amount of the
33    aggregate general State  aid  entitlement  that  is  received
34    under  this  Section  by each school district for that school
                            -71-           LRB9002549THgcam01
 1    year shall be not less  than  the  amount  of  the  aggregate
 2    general  State  aid  entitlement  that  was  received  by the
 3    district under this Section for the  1995-1996  school  year.
 4    If a school district is to receive an aggregate general State
 5    aid  entitlement  under this Section for the 1996-1997 school
 6    year that is less than the amount of  the  aggregate  general
 7    State  aid  entitlement that the district received under this
 8    Section for the 1995-1996 school year,  the  school  district
 9    shall  also  receive,  from a separate appropriation made for
10    purposes of this paragraph (o), a supplementary payment  that
11    is  equal  to  the  amount  by  which  the  general State aid
12    entitlement received by the district under this  Section  for
13    the  1995-1996  school  year  exceeds  the  general State aid
14    entitlement that  the  district  is  to  receive  under  this
15    Section for the 1996-1997 school year.
16        Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Section, for
17    the 1997-1998 school year the amount of the aggregate general
18    State  aid entitlement that is received under this Section by
19    each school district for that school year shall be  not  less
20    than   the   amount   of  the  aggregate  general  State  aid
21    entitlement that was received  by  the  district  under  this
22    Section  for the 1996-1997 school year.  If a school district
23    is to receive an  aggregate  general  State  aid  entitlement
24    under this Section for the 1997-1998 school year that is less
25    than   the   amount   of  the  aggregate  general  State  aid
26    entitlement that the district received under this Section for
27    the 1996-1997 school year, the  school  district  shall  also
28    receive,  from  a separate appropriation made for purposes of
29    this paragraph (o), a supplementary payment that is equal  to
30    the  amount  by  which  the  general  State  aid  entitlement
31    received by the district under this Section for the 1996-1997
32    school  year  exceeds  the general State aid entitlement that
33    the district  is  to  receive  under  this  Section  for  the
34    1997-1998 school year.
                            -72-           LRB9002549THgcam01
 1        If  the amount appropriated for supplementary payments to
 2    school districts under this paragraph (o) is insufficient for
 3    that purpose, the supplementary payments that  districts  are
 4    to  receive  under this paragraph shall be prorated according
 5    to  the  aggregate  amount  of  the  appropriation  made  for
 6    purposes of this paragraph.
 7        (p)  For the 1997-1998 school year only,  a  supplemental
 8    general   State  aid  grant  shall  be  provided  for  school
 9    districts in an amount equal to the greater of the result  of
10    part  (i) of this subsection or part (ii) of this subsection,
11    calculated as follows:
12             (i)  The general State  aid  received  by  a  school
13        district under this Section for the 1997-1998 school year
14        shall  be  added to the sum of (A) the result obtained by
15        multiplying the 1995 equalized valuation of  all  taxable
16        property  in  the  district  by the fixed calculation tax
17        rates of 3.0% for unit  districts,  2.0%  for  elementary
18        districts and 1.0% for high school districts plus (B) the
19        aggregate   corporate   personal   property   replacement
20        revenues  received  by  the district during the 1996-1997
21        school year.  That; (ii) The aggregate amount  determined
22        under this part item (i) of this subsection 5(p) shall be
23        divided  by  the  average  of  the best 3 months of pupil
24        attendance in  the  district  for  the  1996-1997  school
25        year.;  and  (iii) If the result obtained by dividing the
26        aggregate amount determined under this part item  (i)  of
27        this  subsection 5(p) by the average of the best 3 months
28        of pupil attendance in the district as provided  in  item
29        (ii)  of  this  subsection  5(p) is less than $3,600, the
30        supplemental  general  State  aid  grant  for  that   the
31        district shall receive under this subsection 5(p) for the
32        1997-1998  school  year  shall  be  equal  to  the amount
33        determined by subtracting from $3,600 the result obtained
34        by dividing the aggregate amount  determined  under  this
                            -73-           LRB9002549THgcam01
 1        part  item  (i)  of this subsection by the average of the
 2        best 3 months of pupil  attendance  in  the  district  as
 3        provided   in  item  (ii)  of  this  subsection,  and  by
 4        multiplying that difference by the average of the best  3
 5        months  of  pupil  attendance  in  the  district  for the
 6        1996-1997 school year.
 7             (ii)  The general State aid  received  by  a  school
 8        district under this Section for the 1997-1998 school year
 9        shall  be  added to the sum of (A) the result obtained by
10        multiplying the 1995 equalized assessed valuation of  all
11        taxable  property  in  the  district  by  the  district's
12        applicable  1995  operating  tax  rate as defined in this
13        part (ii)  plus  (B)  the  aggregate  corporate  personal
14        property  replacement  revenues  received by the district
15        during the 1996-1997 school year.  That aggregate  amount
16        shall  be  divided by the average of the best 3 months of
17        pupil attendance in the district for the 1996-1997 school
18        year.  If the result obtained by dividing  the  aggregate
19        amount determined in this part (ii) by the average of the
20        best 3 months of pupil attendance in the district is less
21        than $4,100, the supplemental general State aid grant for
22        that  district shall be equal to the amount determined by
23        subtracting  from  the  $4,100  the  result  obtained  by
24        dividing the aggregate amount  determined  in  this  part
25        (ii)  by  the  average  of  the  best  3  months of pupil
26        attendance  in  the  district  and  by  multiplying  that
27        difference by the average of the best 3 months  of  pupil
28        attendance in the district for the 1996-1997 school year.
29        For  the purposes of this part (ii), the "applicable 1995
30        operating tax rate" shall mean  the  following:  (A)  for
31        unit districts with operating tax rates of 3.00% or less,
32        elementary districts with operating tax rates of 2.00% or
33        less,  and high school districts with operating tax rates
34        of 1.00% or less, the applicable 1995 operating tax  rate
                            -74-           LRB9002549THgcam01
 1        shall  be  3.00% for unit districts, 2.00% for elementary
 2        districts, and 1.00% for high school districts;  (B)  for
 3        units  districts  with  operating  tax  rates of 4.50% or
 4        more, elementary districts with operating  tax  rates  of
 5        3.00%  or  more, and high school districts with operating
 6        tax rates of 1.85% or more, the applicable 1995 operating
 7        tax rate shall be 4.50% for  unit  districts,  3.00%  for
 8        elementary   districts,   and   1.85%   for  high  school
 9        districts; and (C) for unit districts with operating  tax
10        rates  of  more  than  3.00%  and  less  than  4.50%, for
11        elementary districts with operating  tax  rates  of  more
12        than  2.00%  and  less  than  3.00%,  and for high school
13        districts with operating tax rates of more than 1.00% and
14        less than 1.85%, the applicable 1995 operating  tax  rate
15        shall be the district's actual 1995 operating tax rate.
16        If the moneys appropriated in a separate line item by the
17    General   Assembly  to  the  State  Board  of  Education  for
18    supplementary payments required to be made and distributed to
19    school districts for the 1997-1998 any school year under this
20    subsection  5(p)  are  insufficient,  the   amount   of   the
21    supplementary payments required to be made and distributed to
22    those  school  districts  under this subsection 5(p) for that
23    school year shall abate proportionately.
24        (p-5)  For the 1997-98 school year only,  a  supplemental
25    general   State  aid  grant  shall  be  provided  for  school
26    districts based on the number of low-income  eligible  pupils
27    within  the  school  district.   For  the  purposes  of  this
28    subsection  5(p-5), "low-income eligible pupils" shall be the
29    low-income  eligible  pupil  count  from  the  most  recently
30    available federal census.  The supplemental general State aid
31    grant for each district shall  be  equal  to  the  number  of
32    low-income eligible pupils within that district multiplied by
33    $30.50.    If the moneys appropriated in a separate line item
34    by the General Assembly to the State Board of  Education  for
                            -75-           LRB9002549THgcam01
 1    supplementary payments required to be made and distributed to
 2    school  districts  for  the  1997-98  school  year under this
 3    subsection  5(p-5)  are  insufficient,  the  amount  of   the
 4    supplementary payments required to be made and distributed to
 5    those   districts   under   this   subsection   shall   abate
 6    proportionately.
 7        B.  In calculating the amount to be paid to the governing
 8    board  of  a  public  university  that  operates a laboratory
 9    school under this Section or to any alternative  school  that
10    is  operated by a regional superintendent, the State Board of
11    Education shall require by rule such  reporting  requirements
12    as it deems necessary.
13        As  used  in  this  Section,  "laboratory school" means a
14    public school which is  created  and  operated  by  a  public
15    university and approved by the State Board of Education.  The
16    governing  board  of a public university which receives funds
17    from the State Board under this subsection B may not increase
18    the number of students enrolled in its laboratory school from
19    a single district, if that district is already sending 50  or
20    more  students,  except  under a mutual agreement between the
21    school board of a student's district  of  residence  and  the
22    university   which   operates   the   laboratory  school.   A
23    laboratory school may not  have  more  than  1,000  students,
24    excluding  students  with disabilities in a special education
25    program.
26        As used in this Section,  "alternative  school"  means  a
27    public  school  which  is  created and operated by a Regional
28    Superintendent of Schools and approved by the State Board  of
29    Education.  Such  alternative  schools  may  offer courses of
30    instruction for which  credit  is  given  in  regular  school
31    programs,  courses  to  prepare  students for the high school
32    equivalency testing program or  vocational  and  occupational
33    training.
34        Each  laboratory  and  alternative  school shall file, on
                            -76-           LRB9002549THgcam01
 1    forms provided by the State Superintendent of  Education,  an
 2    annual  State  aid  claim  which  states  the  average  daily
 3    attendance  of  the  school's  students by month.  The best 3
 4    months' average daily attendance shall be computed  for  each
 5    school.   The  weighted  average  daily  attendance  shall be
 6    computed and the weighted average daily  attendance  for  the
 7    school's  most recent 3 year average shall be compared to the
 8    most  recent  weighted  average  daily  attendance,  and  the
 9    greater of the 2 shall be used for the calculation under this
10    subsection B.  The general State  aid  entitlement  shall  be
11    computed  by  multiplying  the  school's student count by the
12    foundation level as determined under this Section.
13        C.  This Section is repealed July 1, 1998.
14    (Source: P.A.  89-15,  eff.  5-30-95;  89-235,  eff.  8-4-95;
15    89-397, eff.  8-20-95;  89-610,  eff.  8-6-96;  89-618,  eff.
16    8-9-96; 89-626, eff. 8-9-96; 89-679, eff. 8-16-96; 90-9, eff.
17    7-1-97; 90-14, eff. 7-1-97.)
18        (105 ILCS 5/18-8.05 new)
19        Sec.  18-8.05.  Basis  for apportionment of general State
20    financial aid and  supplemental  general  State  aid  to  the
21    common schools for the 1998-1999 and subsequent school years.
22    (A)  General Provisions.
23        (1)  The   provisions   of  this  Section  apply  to  the
24    1998-1999 and subsequent school years.  The system of general
25    State financial aid provided for in this Section is  designed
26    to  assure that, through a combination of State financial aid
27    and required local resources, the financial support  provided
28    each  pupil  in  Average Daily Attendance equals or exceeds a
29    prescribed per pupil Foundation Level.  This formula approach
30    imputes a level of per pupil Available  Local  Resources  and
31    provides  for  the  basis  to  calculate a per pupil level of
32    general State financial aid that,  when  added  to  Available
33    Local Resources, equals or exceeds the Foundation Level.  The
                            -77-           LRB9002549THgcam01
 1    amount  of  per  pupil general State financial aid for school
 2    districts,  in  general,  varies  in  inverse   relation   to
 3    Available  Local Resources.  Per pupil amounts are based upon
 4    each school district's Average Daily Attendance as that  term
 5    is defined in this Section.
 6        (2)  In  addition  to general State financial aid, school
 7    districts with specified levels or concentrations  of  pupils
 8    from   low   income   households   are  eligible  to  receive
 9    supplemental general State financial aid grants  as  provided
10    pursuant to subsection (H). The supplemental State aid grants
11    provided  for  school districts under subsection (H) shall be
12    appropriated for distribution to school districts as part  of
13    the  same  line item in which the general State financial aid
14    of school districts is appropriated under this Section.
15        (3)  To receive financial assistance under this  Section,
16    school  districts  are required to file claims with the State
17    Board of Education, subject to the following requirements:
18             (a)  Any school district which fails for  any  given
19        school  year to maintain school as required by law, or to
20        maintain a recognized school is not eligible to file  for
21        such  school  year any claim upon the Common School Fund.
22        In case of  nonrecognition  of  one  or  more  attendance
23        centers   in   a   school  district  otherwise  operating
24        recognized schools, the claim of the  district  shall  be
25        reduced   in  the  proportion  which  the  Average  Daily
26        Attendance in the attendance center or  centers  bear  to
27        the  Average  Daily Attendance in the school district.  A
28        "recognized school" means any public school  which  meets
29        the standards as established for recognition by the State
30        Board  of  Education.   A  school  district or attendance
31        center not having recognition status  at  the  end  of  a
32        school term is entitled to receive State aid payments due
33        upon   a  legal  claim  which  was  filed  while  it  was
34        recognized.
                            -78-           LRB9002549THgcam01
 1             (b)  School district claims filed under this Section
 2        are subject to Sections 18-9, 18-10, and 18-12, except as
 3        otherwise provided in this Section.
 4             (c)  If a  school  district  operates  a  full  year
 5        school  under  Section  10-19.1, the general State aid to
 6        the school district shall  be  determined  by  the  State
 7        Board  of  Education  in  accordance with this Section as
 8        near as may be applicable.
 9             (d)  Claims  for  financial  assistance  under  this
10        Section shall  not  be  recomputed  except  as  expressly
11        provided under this Section.
12        (4)  Except  as  provided in subsections (H) and (L), the
13    board of any district receiving any of  the  grants  provided
14    for  in  this  Section  may  apply those funds to any fund so
15    received  for  which  that  board  is  authorized   to   make
16    expenditures by law.
17        School  districts  are  not  required  to exert a minimum
18    Operating Tax Rate in order to qualify for  assistance  under
19    this Section.
20        (5)  As  used  in  this Section the following terms, when
21    capitalized, shall have the meaning ascribed herein:
22             (a)  "Average Daily Attendance":  A count  of  pupil
23        attendance   in  school,  averaged  as  provided  for  in
24        subsection  (C)  and  utilized  in  deriving  per   pupil
25        financial support levels.
26             (b)  "Available  Local Resources":  A computation of
27        local financial support, calculated on the basis  Average
28        Daily  Attendance  and  derived  as  provided pursuant to
29        subsection (D).
30             (c)  "Corporate   Personal   Property    Replacement
31        Taxes":  Funds paid to local school districts pursuant to
32        "An  Act  in  relation  to  the  abolition  of ad valorem
33        personal property tax and  the  replacement  of  revenues
34        lost thereby, and amending and repealing certain Acts and
                            -79-           LRB9002549THgcam01
 1        parts  of Acts in connection therewith", certified August
 2        14, 1979, as amended (Public Act 81-1st S.S.-1).
 3             (d)  "Foundation Level":  A prescribed level of  per
 4        pupil  financial  support  as  provided for in subsection
 5        (B).
 6             (e)  "Operating  Tax  Rate":   All  school  district
 7        property  taxes  extended  for   all   purposes,   except
 8        community college educational purposes for the payment of
 9        tuition under Section 6-1 of the Public Community College
10        Act,  Bond  and  Interest,  Summer  School, Rent, Capital
11        Improvement, and Vocational Education Building purposes.
12    (B)  Foundation Level.
13        (1)  The Foundation Level is a figure established by  the
14    State  representing  the minimum level of per pupil financial
15    support that should be available to  provide  for  the  basic
16    education  of each pupil in Average Daily Attendance.  As set
17    forth in this Section, each school  district  is  assumed  to
18    exert   a  sufficient  local  taxing  effort  such  that,  in
19    combination with the aggregate of general State financial aid
20    provided the  district,  an  aggregate  of  State  and  local
21    resources  are available to meet the basic education needs of
22    pupils in the district.
23        (2)  For the 1998-1999 school year, the Foundation  Level
24    of  support  is  $4,225.   For the 1999-2000 school year, the
25    Foundation Level of support is  $4,325.   For  the  2000-2001
26    school year, the Foundation Level of support is $4,425.
27        (3)  For  the  2001-2002 school year and each school year
28    thereafter, the Foundation Level of support is $4,425 or such
29    greater amount as may be established by law  by  the  General
30    Assembly.
31    (C)  Average Daily Attendance.
32        (1)  For   purposes  of  calculating  general  State  aid
33    pursuant to  subsection  (E),  an  Average  Daily  Attendance
                            -80-           LRB9002549THgcam01
 1    figure  shall  be  utilized.   The  Average  Daily Attendance
 2    figure for formula calculation purposes shall be the  monthly
 3    average  of the actual number of pupils in attendance of each
 4    school district, as further averaged for the best 3 months of
 5    pupil attendance for each school district.  In compiling  the
 6    figures  for  the  number  of  pupils  in  attendance, school
 7    districts  and  the  State  Board  of  Education  shall,  for
 8    purposes of general State  aid  funding,  conform  attendance
 9    figures to the requirements of subsection (F).
10        (2)  The  Average  Daily  Attendance  figures utilized in
11    subsection (E) shall be the requisite attendance data for the
12    school year immediately preceding the school year  for  which
13    general State aid is being calculated.
14    (D)  Available Local Resources.
15        (1)  For   purposes  of  calculating  general  State  aid
16    pursuant to subsection (E),  a  representation  of  Available
17    Local  Resources  per  pupil,  as  that  term  is defined and
18    determined in this subsection, shall be utilized.   Available
19    Local  Resources  per pupil shall include a calculated dollar
20    amount representing local school district revenues from local
21    property  taxes  and   from   Corporate   Personal   Property
22    Replacement  Taxes,  expressed  on  the  basis  of  pupils in
23    Average Daily Attendance.
24        (2)  In determining  a  school  district's  revenue  from
25    local  property  taxes,  the  State  Board of Education shall
26    utilize the  equalized  assessed  valuation  of  all  taxable
27    property  of  each  school district as of September 30 of the
28    previous year.  The  equalized  assessed  valuation  utilized
29    shall  be  obtained  and determined as provided in subsection
30    (G).
31        (3)  For school districts maintaining grades kindergarten
32    through 12, local property tax revenues per  pupil  shall  be
33    calculated   as  the  product  of  the  applicable  equalized
34    assessed valuation for the district multiplied by 3.00%,  and
                            -81-           LRB9002549THgcam01
 1    divided  by  the  district's Average Daily Attendance figure.
 2    For school districts maintaining grades kindergarten  through
 3    8,  local property tax revenues per pupil shall be calculated
 4    as the product of the applicable equalized assessed valuation
 5    for the district multiplied by  2.30%,  and  divided  by  the
 6    district's  Average  Daily  Attendance  figure.   For  school
 7    districts maintaining grades 9 through 12, local property tax
 8    revenues per pupil shall be the applicable equalized assessed
 9    valuation of the district multiplied by 1.20%, and divided by
10    the district's Average Daily Attendance figure.
11        (4)  The  Corporate  Personal  Property Replacement Taxes
12    paid to each school district during the calendar year 2 years
13    before the calendar year  in  which  a  school  year  begins,
14    divided  by  the  Average  Daily  Attendance  figure for that
15    district, shall be added to the local property  tax  revenues
16    per  pupil  as  derived by the application of the immediately
17    preceding paragraph (3).  The sum of these per pupil  figures
18    for  each  school  district  shall constitute Available Local
19    Resources as that term is utilized in subsection (E)  in  the
20    calculation of general State aid.
21    (E)  Computation of General State Aid.
22        (1)  For  each  school  year, the amount of general State
23    aid allotted to a school district shall be  computed  by  the
24    State Board of Education as provided in this subsection.
25        (2)  For  any  school  district for which Available Local
26    Resources per pupil is less than the product  of  0.93  times
27    the  Foundation  Level,  general  State aid for that district
28    shall be calculated as an  amount  equal  to  the  Foundation
29    Level  minus  Available  Local  Resources,  multiplied by the
30    Average Daily Attendance of the school district.
31        (3)  For any school district for  which  Available  Local
32    Resources  per  pupil is equal to or greater than the product
33    of 0.93 times the Foundation Level and less than the  product
34    of 1.75 times the Foundation Level, the general State aid per
                            -82-           LRB9002549THgcam01
 1    pupil  shall  be a decimal proportion of the Foundation Level
 2    derived  using  a  linear  algorithm.   Under   this   linear
 3    algorithm,  the  calculated general State aid per pupil shall
 4    decline  in  direct  linear  fashion  from  0.07  times   the
 5    Foundation  Level  for a school district with Available Local
 6    Resources equal to the product of 0.93 times  the  Foundation
 7    Level,  to  0.05  times  the  Foundation  Level  for a school
 8    district with Available Local Resources equal to the  product
 9    of  1.75  times  the  Foundation  Level.   The  allocation of
10    general State  aid  for  school  districts  subject  to  this
11    paragraph  3  shall  be  the calculated general State aid per
12    pupil figure multiplied by the Average  Daily  Attendance  of
13    the school district.
14        (4)  For  any  school  district for which Available Local
15    Resources per pupil equals or exceeds  the  product  of  1.75
16    times  the  Foundation  Level,  the general State aid for the
17    school district shall be calculated as the  product  of  $218
18    multiplied  by  the  Average  Daily  Attendance of the school
19    district.
20    (F)  Compilation of Average Daily Attendance.
21        (1)  Each school district shall, by July 1 of each  year,
22    submit  to  the State Board of Education, on forms prescribed
23    by the State Board of Education, attendance figures  for  the
24    school  year  that began in the preceding calendar year.  The
25    attendance information  so  transmitted  shall  identify  the
26    average daily attendance figures for each month of the school
27    year,  except  that any days of attendance in August shall be
28    added to the month of September and any days of attendance in
29    June shall be added to the month of May.
30        Except as otherwise provided in  this  Section,  days  of
31    attendance  by  pupils  shall be counted only for sessions of
32    not less than 5 clock hours of  school  work  per  day  under
33    direct  supervision  of:  (i)  teachers, or (ii) non-teaching
34    personnel   or   volunteer   personnel   when   engaging   in
                            -83-           LRB9002549THgcam01
 1    non-teaching  duties  and  supervising  in  those   instances
 2    specified in subsection (a) of Section 10-22.34 and paragraph
 3    10  of  Section 34-18, with pupils of legal school age and in
 4    kindergarten and grades 1 through 12.
 5        Days of attendance by tuition pupils shall be  accredited
 6    only  to  the  districts that pay the tuition to a recognized
 7    school.
 8        (2)  Days of attendance by pupils of less  than  5  clock
 9    hours  of school shall be subject to the following provisions
10    in the compilation of Average Daily Attendance.
11             (a)  Pupils regularly enrolled in  a  public  school
12        for  only  a part of the school day may be counted on the
13        basis of 1/6 day for every class hour of  instruction  of
14        40 minutes or more attended pursuant to such enrollment.
15             (b)  Days  of  attendance  may  be less than 5 clock
16        hours on the opening and closing of the school term,  and
17        upon  the first day of pupil attendance, if preceded by a
18        day  or  days  utilized  as  an  institute  or  teachers'
19        workshop.
20             (c)  A session of 4  or  more  clock  hours  may  be
21        counted  as a day of attendance upon certification by the
22        regional  superintendent,  and  approved  by  the   State
23        Superintendent  of  Education  to  the  extent  that  the
24        district has been forced to use daily multiple sessions.
25             (d)  A  session  of  3  or  more  clock hours may be
26        counted as a day of attendance (1) when the remainder  of
27        the school day or at least 2 hours in the evening of that
28        day  is  utilized  for an in-service training program for
29        teachers, up to a maximum of 5 days per  school  year  of
30        which  a maximum of 4 days of such 5 days may be used for
31        parent-teacher conferences, provided a district  conducts
32        an  in-service  training  program  for teachers which has
33        been approved by the State Superintendent  of  Education;
34        or,  in  lieu of 4 such days, 2 full days may be used, in
                            -84-           LRB9002549THgcam01
 1        which event each such day may be  counted  as  a  day  of
 2        attendance;  and  (2)  when  days  in  addition  to those
 3        provided in item (1) are scheduled by a  school  pursuant
 4        to  its  school improvement plan adopted under Article 34
 5        or its revised or amended school improvement plan adopted
 6        under Article 2, provided that (i) such sessions of 3  or
 7        more  clock  hours  are  scheduled  to  occur  at regular
 8        intervals, (ii) the remainder of the school days in which
 9        such sessions occur are utilized for in-service  training
10        programs   or  other  staff  development  activities  for
11        teachers, and (iii) a sufficient  number  of  minutes  of
12        school  work under the direct supervision of teachers are
13        added to the school days between such regularly scheduled
14        sessions to  accumulate  not  less  than  the  number  of
15        minutes  by  which such sessions of 3 or more clock hours
16        fall short of 5 clock hours. Any full days used  for  the
17        purposes  of  this  paragraph shall not be considered for
18        computing average daily attendance.  Days  scheduled  for
19        in-service    training    programs,   staff   development
20        activities,  or   parent-teacher   conferences   may   be
21        scheduled  separately  for  different  grade  levels  and
22        different attendance centers of the district.
23             (e)  A  session  of  not  less  than  one clock hour
24        teaching of hospitalized or homebound pupils  on-site  or
25        by  telephone  to the classroom may be counted as 1/2 day
26        of attendance, however these pupils  must  receive  4  or
27        more  clock hours of instruction to be counted for a full
28        day of attendance.
29             (f)  A session of at least  4  clock  hours  may  be
30        counted  as  a  day of attendance for first grade pupils,
31        and pupils in full day kindergartens, and a session of  2
32        or  more hours may be counted as 1/2 day of attendance by
33        pupils in kindergartens which provide  only  1/2  day  of
34        attendance.
                            -85-           LRB9002549THgcam01
 1             (g)  For  children  with  disabilities who are below
 2        the age of 6 years and who cannot attend 2 or more  clock
 3        hours  because  of  their  disability  or  immaturity,  a
 4        session of not less than one clock hour may be counted as
 5        1/2  day  of  attendance; however for such children whose
 6        educational needs so require a session of 4 or more clock
 7        hours may be counted as a full day of attendance.
 8             (h)  A recognized kindergarten  which  provides  for
 9        only  1/2  day of attendance by each pupil shall not have
10        more than 1/2 day of attendance counted  in  any  1  day.
11        However, kindergartens may count 2 1/2 days of attendance
12        in  any  5 consecutive school days.  When a pupil attends
13        such a kindergarten for 2 half days  on  any  one  school
14        day,  the  pupil  shall  have  the following day as a day
15        absent from school, unless the  school  district  obtains
16        permission  in  writing  from the State Superintendent of
17        Education.  Attendance at kindergartens which provide for
18        a full day of attendance by each pupil shall  be  counted
19        the  same  as attendance by first grade pupils.  Only the
20        first year of attendance in  one  kindergarten  shall  be
21        counted,  except  in  case  of  children  who entered the
22        kindergarten  in  their  fifth  year  whose   educational
23        development  requires  a  second  year of kindergarten as
24        determined under the rules and regulations of  the  State
25        Board of Education.
26    (G)  Equalized Assessed Valuation Data.
27        (1)  For  purposes  of the calculation of Available Local
28    Resources required pursuant  to  subsection  (D),  the  State
29    Board  of  Education  shall  secure  from  the  Department of
30    Revenue the value as equalized or assessed by the  Department
31    of  Revenue  of all taxable property of every school district
32    together with the applicable tax rate used in extending taxes
33    for the funds of the district  as  of  September  30  of  the
34    previous year.
                            -86-           LRB9002549THgcam01
 1        This equalized assessed valuation, as adjusted further by
 2    the requirements of this subsection, shall be utilized in the
 3    calculation of Available Local Resources.
 4        (2)  The  equalized  assessed  valuation in paragraph (1)
 5    shall be adjusted, as applicable, in the following manner:
 6             (a)  For the purposes of calculating State aid under
 7        this Section, with  respect  to  any  part  of  a  school
 8        district  within  a redevelopment project area in respect
 9        to  which  a  municipality  has  adopted  tax   increment
10        allocation   financing  pursuant  to  the  Tax  Increment
11        Allocation Redevelopment Act, Sections 11-74.4-1  through
12        11-74.4-11   of   the  Illinois  Municipal  Code  or  the
13        Industrial Jobs Recovery Law, Sections 11-74.6-1  through
14        11-74.6-50 of the Illinois Municipal Code, no part of the
15        current  equalized  assessed  valuation  of real property
16        located in any such project area which is attributable to
17        an increase above the total  initial  equalized  assessed
18        valuation  of  such property shall be used as part of the
19        equalized assessed valuation of the district, until  such
20        time  as  all redevelopment project costs have been paid,
21        as provided in Section 11-74.4-8  of  the  Tax  Increment
22        Allocation  Redevelopment Act or in Section 11-74.6-35 of
23        the Industrial Jobs Recovery Law.  For the purpose of the
24        equalized assessed valuation of the district,  the  total
25        initial  equalized  assessed  valuation  or  the  current
26        equalized  assessed  valuation, whichever is lower, shall
27        be used until such  time  as  all  redevelopment  project
28        costs have been paid.
29             (b)  The  real property equalized assessed valuation
30        for a school district shall be  adjusted  by  subtracting
31        from  the real property value as equalized or assessed by
32        the Department of Revenue  for  the  district  an  amount
33        computed by dividing the amount of any abatement of taxes
34        under  Section  18-170  of the Property Tax Code by 3.00%
                            -87-           LRB9002549THgcam01
 1        for a district maintaining grades kindergarten through 12
 2        or  by  2.30%   for   a   district   maintaining   grades
 3        kindergarten  through  8,  or  by  1.20%  for  a district
 4        maintaining grades 9 through 12 and adjusted by an amount
 5        computed by dividing the amount of any abatement of taxes
 6        under subsection (a) of Section 18-165  of  the  Property
 7        Tax  Code  by the same percentage rates for district type
 8        as specified in this subparagraph (c).
 9    (H)  Supplemental General State Aid.
10        (1)  In addition  to  the  general  State  aid  a  school
11    district  is  allotted pursuant to subsection (E), qualifying
12    school districts shall receive a grant, paid  in  conjunction
13    with   a  district's  payments  of  general  State  aid,  for
14    supplemental general State aid based upon  the  concentration
15    level  of  children  from  low-income  households  within the
16    school district. Supplemental State aid grants  provided  for
17    school  districts under this subsection shall be appropriated
18    for distribution to school districts as part of the same line
19    item in which the  general  State  financial  aid  of  school
20    districts is appropriated under this Section. For purposes of
21    this  subsection,  the  term "Low-Income Concentration Level"
22    shall be the low-income eligible pupil count  from  the  most
23    recently  available  federal  census  divided  by the Average
24    Daily Attendance of the school district.
25        (2)  Supplemental general  State  aid  pursuant  to  this
26    subsection shall be provided as follows:
27             (a)  For  any  school  district  with  a  Low Income
28        Concentration Level of at least 20% and  less  than  35%,
29        the grant for any school year shall be $800 multiplied by
30        the low income eligible pupil count.
31             (b)  For  any  school  district  with  a  Low Income
32        Concentration Level of at least 35% and  less  than  50%,
33        the  grant  for the 1998-1999 school year shall be $1,100
34        multiplied by the low income eligible pupil count.
                            -88-           LRB9002549THgcam01
 1             (c)  For any  school  district  with  a  Low  Income
 2        Concentration  Level  of  at least 50% and less than 60%,
 3        the grant for the 1998-99 school  year  shall  be  $1,500
 4        multiplied by the low income eligible pupil count.
 5             (d)  For  any  school  district  with  a  Low Income
 6        Concentration Level of 60% or more,  the  grant  for  the
 7        1998-99 school year shall be $1,900 multiplied by the low
 8        income eligible pupil count.
 9             (e)  For  the  1999-2000  school year, the per pupil
10        amount specified in  subparagraphs  (b),  (c),  and  (d),
11        immediately  above  shall be increased by $100 to $1,200,
12        $1,600, and $2,000, respectively.
13             (f)  For the 2000-2001 school year,  the  per  pupil
14        amounts  specified  in  subparagraphs  (b),  (c)  and (d)
15        immediately above shall be increased to  $1,230,  $1,640,
16        and $2,050, respectively.
17        (3)  School districts with an Average Daily Attendance of
18    more  than  1,000  and  less  than  50,000  that  qualify for
19    supplemental general State aid pursuant  to  this  subsection
20    shall  submit a plan to the State Board of Education prior to
21    October 30 of each year for the use of  the  funds  resulting
22    from  this  grant  of  supplemental general State aid for the
23    improvement of instruction in  which  priority  is  given  to
24    meeting  the education needs of disadvantaged children.  Such
25    plan  shall  be  submitted  in  accordance  with  rules   and
26    regulations promulgated by the State Board of Education.
27        (4)  School districts with an Average Daily Attendance of
28    50,000  or  more  that qualify for supplemental general State
29    aid  pursuant  to  this  subsection  shall  be  required   to
30    distribute  from funds available pursuant to this Section, no
31    less than  $261,000,000  in  accordance  with  the  following
32    requirements:
33             (a)  The  required  amounts  shall be distributed to
34        the attendance centers within the district in  proportion
                            -89-           LRB9002549THgcam01
 1        to  the  number  of  pupils  enrolled  at each attendance
 2        center who are eligible to receive free or  reduced-price
 3        lunches  or  breakfasts under the federal Child Nutrition
 4        Act of 1966 and  under  the  National  School  Lunch  Act
 5        during the immediately preceding school year.
 6             (b)  The   distribution   of   these   portions   of
 7        supplemental  and  general  State  aid  among  attendance
 8        centers  according  to  these  requirements  shall not be
 9        compensated for or  contravened  by  adjustments  of  the
10        total  of  other  funds  appropriated  to  any attendance
11        centers, and the Board of Education shall utilize funding
12        from one or several sources in order to  fully  implement
13        this provision annually prior to the opening of school.
14             (c)  Each attendance center shall be provided by the
15        school  district  a  distribution of noncategorical funds
16        and other categorical funds to which an attendance center
17        is entitled under law in order that the general State aid
18        and  supplemental   general   State   aid   provided   by
19        application  of  this  subsection supplements rather than
20        supplants the noncategorical funds and other  categorical
21        funds  provided  by the school district to the attendance
22        centers.
23             (d)  Any funds made available under this  subsection
24        that  by  reason of the provisions of this subsection are
25        not required to be allocated and provided  to  attendance
26        centers  may be used and appropriated by the board of the
27        district for any lawful school purpose.
28             (e)  Funds received by an attendance center pursuant
29        to this subsection shall be used by the attendance center
30        at the discretion  of  the  principal  and  local  school
31        council for programs to improve educational opportunities
32        at  qualifying schools through the following programs and
33        services: early childhood education, reduced  class  size
34        or  improved adult to student classroom ratio, enrichment
                            -90-           LRB9002549THgcam01
 1        programs, remedial assistance, attendance improvement and
 2        other   educationally   beneficial   expenditures   which
 3        supplement the regular and basic programs  as  determined
 4        by  the  State  Board of Education.  Funds provided shall
 5        not be expended for any political or lobbying purposes as
 6        defined by board rule.
 7             (f)  Each district subject to the provisions of this
 8        subdivision (H)(4) shall submit  an  acceptable  plan  to
 9        meet  the educational needs of disadvantaged children, in
10        compliance with the requirements of  this  paragraph,  to
11        the  State  Board  of  Education prior to July 15 of each
12        year. This plan shall be consistent with the decisions of
13        local school councils concerning the  school  expenditure
14        plans  developed  in  accordance  with  part 4 of Section
15        34-2.3.  The State Board shall approve or reject the plan
16        within 60 days after its  submission.   If  the  plan  is
17        rejected,  the  district  shall  give  written  notice of
18        intent  to  modify  the  plan  within  15  days  of   the
19        notification of rejection and then submit a modified plan
20        within  30  days  after the date of the written notice of
21        intent to modify.  Districts  may  amend  approved  plans
22        pursuant  to  rules  promulgated  by  the  State Board of
23        Education.
24             Upon notification by the State  Board  of  Education
25        that  the district has not submitted a plan prior to July
26        15 or a modified plan within the  time  period  specified
27        herein,  the  State  aid  funds  affected by that plan or
28        modified plan shall be withheld by  the  State  Board  of
29        Education until a plan or modified plan is submitted.
30             If  the  district  fails  to distribute State aid to
31        attendance centers in accordance with an  approved  plan,
32        the  plan for the following year shall allocate funds, in
33        addition  to  the  funds  otherwise  required   by   this
34        subsection,   to  those  attendance  centers  which  were
                            -91-           LRB9002549THgcam01
 1        underfunded during the previous year in amounts equal  to
 2        such underfunding.
 3             For  purposes  of  determining  compliance with this
 4        subsection in relation to the requirements of  attendance
 5        center  funding,  each district subject to the provisions
 6        of this subsection shall submit as a separate document by
 7        December 1 of each year a report of expenditure data  for
 8        the  prior  year  in  addition to any modification of its
 9        current plan.  If it is determined that there has been  a
10        failure to comply with the expenditure provisions of this
11        subsection  regarding  contravention  or supplanting, the
12        State Superintendent of Education shall, within  60  days
13        of  receipt  of  the  report, notify the district and any
14        affected local school council.  The district shall within
15        45 days of receipt of that notification inform the  State
16        Superintendent of Education of the remedial or corrective
17        action  to be taken, whether  by amendment of the current
18        plan, if feasible, or by adjustment in the plan  for  the
19        following  year.   Failure  to  provide  the  expenditure
20        report  or  the  notification  of  remedial or corrective
21        action in a timely manner shall result in  a  withholding
22        of the affected funds.
23             The  State Board of Education shall promulgate rules
24        and regulations  to  implement  the  provisions  of  this
25        subsection.   No  funds  shall  be  released  under  this
26        subdivision (H)(4) to any district that has not submitted
27        a  plan  that  has  been  approved  by the State Board of
28        Education.
29    (I)  General State Aid for Newly Configured School Districts.
30        (1)  For  a  new  school  district  formed  by  combining
31    property  included  totally  within  2  or  more   previously
32    existing  school  districts,  for its first year of existence
33    the general State aid  and  supplemental  general  State  aid
34    calculated  under  this Section shall be computed for the new
                            -92-           LRB9002549THgcam01
 1    district and for the previously existing districts for  which
 2    property is totally included within the new district.  If the
 3    computation on the basis of the previously existing districts
 4    is  greater,  a supplementary payment equal to the difference
 5    shall be made for the first 4 years of existence of  the  new
 6    district.
 7        (2)  For  a  school  district  which  annexes  all of the
 8    territory of one or more entire other school  districts,  for
 9    the   first  year  during  which  the  change  of  boundaries
10    attributable to such annexation  becomes  effective  for  all
11    purposes as determined under Section 7-9 or 7A-8, the general
12    State aid and supplemental general State aid calculated under
13    this  Section  shall be computed for the annexing district as
14    constituted after the annexation and  for  the  annexing  and
15    each annexed district as constituted prior to the annexation;
16    and  if  the  computation  on  the  basis of the annexing and
17    annexed districts as constituted prior to the  annexation  is
18    greater,  a  supplementary  payment  equal  to the difference
19    shall be made for the first  4  years  of  existence  of  the
20    annexing school district as constituted upon such annexation.
21        (3)  For  2  or  more school districts which annex all of
22    the territory of one or more entire other  school  districts,
23    and  for 2 or more community unit districts which result upon
24    the division (pursuant to petition under  Section  11A-2)  of
25    one  or more other unit school districts into 2 or more parts
26    and which together include all of the parts into  which  such
27    other  unit  school district or districts are so divided, for
28    the  first  year  during  which  the  change  of   boundaries
29    attributable to such annexation or division becomes effective
30    for  all  purposes as determined under Section 7-9 or 11A-10,
31    as the case may be, the general State  aid  and  supplemental
32    general  State  aid  calculated  under  this Section shall be
33    computed  for  each  annexing  or   resulting   district   as
34    constituted  after  the  annexation  or division and for each
                            -93-           LRB9002549THgcam01
 1    annexing and annexed district,  or  for  each  resulting  and
 2    divided  district,  as constituted prior to the annexation or
 3    division; and if the aggregate of the general State  aid  and
 4    supplemental  general  State  aid  as  so  computed  for  the
 5    annexing  or  resulting  districts  as  constituted after the
 6    annexation or division is less  than  the  aggregate  of  the
 7    general  State  aid  and supplemental general State aid as so
 8    computed for the annexing and annexed districts, or  for  the
 9    resulting  and divided districts, as constituted prior to the
10    annexation or division, then a supplementary payment equal to
11    the difference shall be made and allocated between  or  among
12    the annexing or resulting districts, as constituted upon such
13    annexation  or  division,  for  the  first  4  years of their
14    existence.  The total difference payment shall  be  allocated
15    between  or  among the annexing or resulting districts in the
16    same ratio as the pupil enrollment from that portion  of  the
17    annexed  or divided district or districts which is annexed to
18    or included in each such annexing or resulting district bears
19    to the total pupil enrollment  from  the  entire  annexed  or
20    divided  district  or  districts, as such pupil enrollment is
21    determined for the school year last ending prior to the  date
22    when  the change of boundaries attributable to the annexation
23    or division becomes effective for all purposes.   The  amount
24    of  the total difference payment and the amount thereof to be
25    allocated to the annexing or  resulting  districts  shall  be
26    computed  by  the  State  Board  of Education on the basis of
27    pupil enrollment and other data which shall be  certified  to
28    the State Board of Education, on forms which it shall provide
29    for  that  purpose, by the regional superintendent of schools
30    for each educational service region in which the annexing and
31    annexed districts, or resulting  and  divided  districts  are
32    located.
33        (4)  Any supplementary payment made under this subsection
34    (I) shall be treated as separate from all other payments made
                            -94-           LRB9002549THgcam01
 1    pursuant to this Section.
 2    (J)  Supplementary Grants in Aid.
 3        (1)  Notwithstanding   any   other   provisions  of  this
 4    Section, the amount of the aggregate  general  State  aid  in
 5    combination  with  supplemental  general State aid under this
 6    Section for which each school district is  eligible  for  the
 7    1998-1999 school year shall be no less than the amount of the
 8    aggregate  general State aid entitlement that was received by
 9    the  district  under  Section  18-8  (exclusive  of   amounts
10    received  under  subsections 5(p) and 5(p-5) of that Section)
11    for the 1997-98 school year, pursuant to  the  provisions  of
12    that  Section  as it was then in effect. If a school district
13    qualifies to receive a supplementary payment made under  this
14    subsection  (J)  for the 1998-1999 school year, the amount of
15    the  aggregate  general  State  aid   in   combination   with
16    supplemental general State aid under this Section  which that
17    district   is  eligible  to  receive  for  each  school  year
18    subsequent to the 1998-1999 school year shall be no less than
19    the amount of the aggregate  general  State  aid  entitlement
20    that   was  received  by  the  district  under  Section  18-8
21    (exclusive of amounts received  under  subsections  5(p)  and
22    5(p-5)  of  that  Section)  for  the  1997-1998  school year,
23    pursuant to the provisions of that Section as it was then  in
24    effect.
25        (2)  If,  as provided in paragraph (1) of this subsection
26    (J), a school district is to receive aggregate general  State
27    aid  in combination with supplemental general State aid under
28    this Section for the 1998-99 school year, or for the  1998-99
29    school  year and any subsequent school year, that in any such
30    school year is less than the amount of the aggregate  general
31    State  aid  entitlement  that  the  district received for the
32    1997-98 school year, the school district shall also  receive,
33    from  a  separate  appropriation  made  for  purposes of this
34    subsection (J), a supplementary payment that is equal to  the
                            -95-           LRB9002549THgcam01
 1    amount  of  the difference in the aggregate State aid figures
 2    as described in paragraph (1).
 3        (3)  If  the  amount   appropriated   for   supplementary
 4    payments  to  school  districts  under this subsection (J) is
 5    insufficient for that  purpose,  the  supplementary  payments
 6    that  districts are to receive under this subsection shall be
 7    prorated  according  to   the   aggregate   amount   of   the
 8    appropriation made for purposes of this subsection.
 9    (K)  Grants to Laboratory and Alternative Schools.
10        In  calculating  the  amount  to be paid to the governing
11    board of a  public  university  that  operates  a  laboratory
12    school  under  this Section or to any alternative school that
13    is operated by a regional superintendent, the State Board  of
14    Education  shall  require by rule such reporting requirements
15    as it deems necessary.
16        As used in this  Section,  "laboratory  school"  means  a
17    public  school  which  is  created  and  operated by a public
18    university and approved by the State Board of Education.  The
19    governing board of a public university which  receives  funds
20    from  the  State  Board  under  this  subsection  (K) may not
21    increase the number of students enrolled  in  its  laboratory
22    school  from  a  single district, if that district is already
23    sending 50 or more students, except under a mutual  agreement
24    between the school board of a student's district of residence
25    and  the  university which operates the laboratory school.  A
26    laboratory school may not  have  more  than  1,000  students,
27    excluding  students  with disabilities in a special education
28    program.
29        As used in this Section,  "alternative  school"  means  a
30    public  school  which  is  created and operated by a Regional
31    Superintendent of Schools and approved by the State Board  of
32    Education.  Such  alternative  schools  may  offer courses of
33    instruction for which  credit  is  given  in  regular  school
34    programs,  courses  to  prepare  students for the high school
                            -96-           LRB9002549THgcam01
 1    equivalency testing program or  vocational  and  occupational
 2    training.
 3        Each  laboratory  and  alternative  school shall file, on
 4    forms provided by the State Superintendent of  Education,  an
 5    annual  State  aid  claim  which  states  the  Average  Daily
 6    Attendance  of  the  school's  students by month.  The best 3
 7    months' Average Daily Attendance shall be computed  for  each
 8    school.  The  general State aid entitlement shall be computed
 9    by multiplying the applicable Average Daily Attendance by the
10    Foundation Level as determined under this Section.
11    (L)  Payments,   Additional   Grants   in   Aid   and   Other
12    Requirements.
13        (1)  For a school district operating under the  financial
14    supervision  of  an  Authority created under Article 34A, the
15    general State aid otherwise payable to  that  district  under
16    this  Section,  but  not  the supplemental general State aid,
17    shall be reduced by an amount equal to  the  budget  for  the
18    operations  of the Authority as certified by the Authority to
19    the State Board of Education, and an  amount  equal  to  such
20    reduction  shall  be  paid  to the Authority created for such
21    district for its operating expenses in the manner provided in
22    Section 18-11.  The remainder of general State school aid for
23    any such district shall be paid in  accordance  with  Article
24    34A  when  that Article provides for a disposition other than
25    that provided by this Article.
26        (2)  Impaction.  Impaction  payments  shall  be  made  as
27    provided for in Section 18-4.2.
28        (3)  Summer school.  Summer school payments shall be made
29    as provided in Section 18-4.3.
30    (M)  Education Funding Advisory Board.
31        The Education Funding Advisory Board, hereinafter in this
32    subsection (M) referred to as the "Board", is hereby created.
33    The Board shall consist of 5 members who are appointed by the
                            -97-           LRB9002549THgcam01
 1    Governor,  by  and with the advice and consent of the Senate.
 2    The  members  appointed  shall  include  representatives   of
 3    education,  business,  and  the  general  public.  One of the
 4    members so appointed shall be designated by the  Governor  at
 5    the  time  the  appointment is made as the chairperson of the
 6    Board. The initial members of the Board may be appointed  any
 7    time after the effective date of this amendatory Act of 1997.
 8    The  regular  term of each member of the Board shall be for 4
 9    years from the third Monday of January of the year  in  which
10    the  term  of the member's appointment is to commence, except
11    that of the 5 initial  members  appointed  to  serve  on  the
12    Board,  the  member who is appointed as the chairperson shall
13    serve for a term that commences on the date  of  his  or  her
14    appointment and expires on the third Monday of January, 2002,
15    and  the  remaining  4  members,  by  lots drawn at the first
16    meeting of the Board that is held after  all  5  members  are
17    appointed,  shall  determine  2  of their number to serve for
18    terms  that  commence  on  the  date  of   their   respective
19    appointments and expire on the third Monday of January, 2001,
20    and 2 of their number to serve for terms that commence on the
21    date of their respective appointments and expire on the third
22    Monday  of  January, 2000.  All members appointed to serve on
23    the Board shall serve until their respective  successors  are
24    appointed  and  confirmed.   Vacancies shall be filled in the
25    same manner  as  original  appointments.   If  a  vacancy  in
26    membership  occurs  at  a  time  when  the  Senate  is not in
27    session, the Governor  shall  make  a  temporary  appointment
28    until  the  next  meeting of the Senate, when he or she shall
29    appoint, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate,  a
30    person  to  fill  that membership for the unexpired term.  If
31    the Senate is not in session when  the  initial  appointments
32    are  made, those appointments shall be made as in the case of
33    vacancies.
34        The Education Funding  Advisory  Board  shall  be  deemed
                            -98-           LRB9002549THgcam01
 1    established,   and  the  initial  members  appointed  by  the
 2    Governor to serve as members of the Board shall take  office,
 3    on the date that the Governor makes his or her appointment of
 4    the  fifth initial member of the Board, whether those initial
 5    members  are  then  serving  pursuant  to   appointment   and
 6    confirmation  or  pursuant to temporary appointments that are
 7    made by the Governor as in the case of vacancies.
 8        The State Board of Education  shall  provide  such  staff
 9    assistance  to  the  Education  Funding  Advisory Board as is
10    reasonably required for the proper performance by  the  Board
11    of its responsibilities.
12        For  school  years  after  the 2000-2001 school year, the
13    Education Funding Advisory Board, in  consultation  with  the
14    State  Board  of  Education,  shall  make  recommendations as
15    provided in this subsection (M) to the General  Assembly  for
16    the foundation level under subdivision (B)(3) of this Section
17    and  for the supplemental general State aid grant level under
18    subsection (H)  of  this  Section  for  districts  with  high
19    concentrations  of  children  from  poverty.  The recommended
20    foundation level shall be determined based on  a  methodology
21    which   incorporates  the  basic  education  expenditures  of
22    low-spending schools exhibiting  high  academic  performance.
23    The   Education   Funding  Advisory  Board  shall  make  such
24    recommendations to the General Assembly on January 1  of  odd
25    numbered years, beginning January 1, 2001.
26    (N)  General State Aid Adjustment Grant.
27        (1)  Any   school   district   subject  to  property  tax
28    extension limitations as imposed under the provisions of  the
29    Property  Tax  Extension  Limitation Law shall be entitled to
30    receive, subject to the qualifications  and  requirements  of
31    this  subsection,  a  general  State  aid  adjustment  grant.
32    Eligibility  for  this grant shall be determined on an annual
33    basis and claims for grant payments shall be paid subject  to
34    appropriations   made   specific  to  this  subsection.   For
                            -99-           LRB9002549THgcam01
 1    purposes of this subsection the following  terms  shall  have
 2    the following meanings:
 3        "Budget  Year":   The school year for which general State
 4    aid is calculated and awarded under subsection (E).
 5        "Current Year":  The school  year  immediately  preceding
 6    the Budget Year.
 7        "Base  Tax  Year":   The  property  tax levy year used to
 8    calculate the Budget Year allocation of general State aid.
 9        "Preceding  Tax  Year":   The  property  tax  levy   year
10    immediately preceding the Base Tax Year.
11        "Extension   Limitation   Ratio":   A   numerical  ratio,
12    certified by a school district's County Clerk, in  which  the
13    numerator  is  the  Base  Tax  Year's  tax  extension  amount
14    resulting  from the Operating Tax Rate and the denominator is
15    the Preceding Tax Year's tax extension amount resulting  from
16    the Operating Tax Rate.
17        "Operating  Tax  Rate": The operating tax rate as defined
18    in subsection (A).
19        (2)  To qualify for a general State aid adjustment grant,
20    a school district must meet all of the following  eligibility
21    criteria for each Budget Year for which a grant is claimed:
22             (a)  The  Operating  Tax Rate of the school district
23        in the Preceding Tax Year was at least 3.00% in the  case
24        of  a  school  district  maintaining  grades kindergarten
25        through 12, at least  2.30%  in  the  case  of  a  school
26        district maintaining grades kindergarten through 8, or at
27        least  1.41% in the case of a school district maintaining
28        grades 9 through 12.
29             (b)  The Operating Tax Rate of the  school  district
30        for  the  Base  Tax  Year was reduced by the Clerk of the
31        County as a result of the requirements  of  the  Property
32        Tax Extension Limitation Law.
33             (c)  The  Available Local Resources per pupil of the
34        school district as calculated pursuant to subsection  (D)
                            -100-          LRB9002549THgcam01
 1        using the Base Tax Year are less than the product of 1.75
 2        times the Foundation Level for the Budget Year.
 3             (d)  The  school  district  has  filed  a proper and
 4        timely claim for a general State aid adjustment grant  as
 5        required under this subsection.
 6        (3)  A  claim  for grant assistance under this subsection
 7    shall be filed with the State Board of Education on or before
 8    January 1 of the Current Year for  a  grant  for  the  Budget
 9    Year.   The  claim  shall  be made on forms prescribed by the
10    State Board of Education and must be accompanied by a written
11    statement from the Clerk of the County, certifying:
12             (a)  That the school district has its extension  for
13        the Base Tax Year reduced as a result of the Property Tax
14        Extension Limitation Law.
15             (b)  That  the  Operating  Tax  Rate  of  the school
16        district for the Preceding Tax  Year  met  the  tax  rate
17        requirements of subdivision (N)(2) of this Section.
18             (c)  The  Extension Limitation Ratio as that term is
19        defined in this subsection.
20        (4)  On or before August 1 of the Budget Year  the  State
21    Board  of Education shall calculate, for all school districts
22    meeting the other requirements of this subsection, the amount
23    of the general State aid adjustment grant, if any,  that  the
24    school  districts are eligible to receive in the Budget Year.
25    The amount of the general State aid adjustment grant shall be
26    calculated as follows:
27             (a)  Determine the school district's  general  State
28        aid  grant  for the Budget Year as provided in accordance
29        with the provisions of subsection (E).
30             (b)  Determine the school district's adjusted  level
31        of  general  State aid by utilizing in the calculation of
32        Available Local Resources an equalized assessed valuation
33        that is the equalized assessed valuation of the Preceding
34        Tax Year multiplied by the Extension Limitation Ratio.
                            -101-          LRB9002549THgcam01
 1             (c)  Subtract the sum derived  in  subparagraph  (a)
 2        from  the sum derived in subparagraph (b).  If the result
 3        is a positive number, that amount shall  be  the  general
 4        State  aid adjustment grant that the district is eligible
 5        to receive.
 6        (5)  The State Board of Education shall  in  the  Current
 7    Year,  based upon claims filed in the Current Year, recommend
 8    to the General  Assembly  an  appropriation  amount  for  the
 9    general  State aid adjustment grants to be made in the Budget
10    Year.
11        (6)  Claims for general State aid adjustment grants shall
12    be paid in a lump sum on or before January 1  of  the  Budget
13    Year  only  from  appropriations made by the General Assembly
14    expressly for claims under this subsection.  No  such  claims
15    may  be  paid from amounts appropriated for any other purpose
16    provided for under this  Section.   In  the  event  that  the
17    appropriation   for   claims   under   this   subsection   is
18    insufficient  to  meet  all  Budget Year claims for a general
19    State aid adjustment grant, the appropriation available shall
20    be proportionately prorated by the State Board  of  Education
21    amongst all districts filing for and entitled to payments.
22        (7)  The  State  Board  of Education shall promulgate the
23    required claim forms and rules  necessary  to  implement  the
24    provisions of this subsection.
25    (O)  References.
26        (1)  References in other laws to the various subdivisions
27    of Section 18-8 as that Section existed before its repeal and
28    replacement  by this Section 18-8.05 shall be deemed to refer
29    to the corresponding provisions of this Section  18-8.05,  to
30    the extent that those references remain applicable.
31        (2)  References  in  other  laws to State Chapter 1 funds
32    shall be deemed to refer to the  supplemental  general  State
33    aid provided under subsection (H) of this Section.
                            -102-          LRB9002549THgcam01
 1        (105 ILCS 5/18-8.2) (from Ch. 122, par. 18-8.2)
 2        Sec.  18-8.2.   Supplementary  State  aid for new and for
 3    certain annexing districts.
 4        (a) After the formation of a new district, a  computation
 5    shall  be  made  to  determine  the  difference  between  the
 6    salaries   effective  in  each  of  the  previously  existing
 7    districts on June 30,  prior  to  the  creation  of  the  new
 8    district.  For the first 4 3 years after the formation of the
 9    new  district or if the new district was formed after October
10    31, 1982 and prior to the effective date of  this  amendatory
11    Act  of  1985,  for  the  3  years immediately following such
12    effective date, a supplementary State aid reimbursement shall
13    be paid to the new district equal to the  difference  between
14    the  sum  of  the salaries earned by each of the certificated
15    members of the new district while  employed  in  one  of  the
16    previously  existing  districts  during  the year immediately
17    preceding the formation of the new district and  the  sum  of
18    the  salaries those certificated members would have been paid
19    during the year immediately prior to the formation of the new
20    district if placed on the salary schedule of  the  previously
21    existing district with the highest salary schedule.
22        (b)  After  the territory of one or more school districts
23    is annexed by one or more other school  districts,  or  after
24    the  division (pursuant to petition under Section 11A-2) of a
25    unit school district or districts into 2 or more parts  which
26    all  are included in 2 or more other community unit districts
27    resulting upon that division, a computation shall be made  to
28    determine  the  difference  between the salaries effective in
29    each such annexed or divided district and in the annexing  or
30    resulting district or districts as they each were constituted
31    on  June  30 preceding the date when the change of boundaries
32    attributable to such annexation or division became  effective
33    for  all  purposes  as  determined under Section 7-9, 7A-8 or
34    11A-10.  For the first 4 3 years after any such annexation or
                            -103-          LRB9002549THgcam01
 1    division, a supplementary State aid  reimbursement  shall  be
 2    paid  to  each  annexing or resulting district as constituted
 3    after the annexation or  division  equal  to  the  difference
 4    between  the  sum  of  the  salaries  earned  by  each of the
 5    certificated members of such annexing or  resulting  district
 6    as   constituted  after  the  annexation  or  division  while
 7    employed in an annexed or annexing district, or in a  divided
 8    or  resulting district, during the year immediately preceding
 9    the annexation or division, and the sum of the salaries those
10    certificated  members  would  have  been  paid  during   such
11    immediately  preceding  year if placed on the salary schedule
12    of whichever  of  such  annexing  or  annexed  districts,  or
13    resulting  or  divided  districts,  had  the  highest  salary
14    schedule during such immediately preceding year.
15        (c)  Such  supplementary State aid reimbursement shall be
16    treated as separate from all other payments made pursuant  to
17    Section  18-8  or  18-8.05. In the case of the formation of a
18    new district, reimbursement shall begin during the first year
19    of operation of the new district;  and  in  the  case  of  an
20    annexation  of  the territory of one or more school districts
21    by one or  more  other  school  districts,  or  the  division
22    (pursuant  to  petition under Section 11A-2) of a unit school
23    district or districts into 2 or  more  parts  which  all  are
24    included   in  2  or  more  other  community  unit  districts
25    resulting  upon  that  division,  reimbursement  shall  begin
26    during  the  first  year  when  the  change   in   boundaries
27    attributable to such annexation or division becomes effective
28    for  all purposes as determined pursuant to Section 7-9, 7A-8
29    or 11A-10.  Each year any such  new,  annexing  or  resulting
30    district,  as  the  case  may  be,  is  entitled  to  receive
31    reimbursement,  the  number of eligible certified members who
32    are employed on October 1  in  any  such  district  shall  be
33    certified to the State Board of Education on prescribed forms
34    by October 15 and payment shall be made on or before November
                            -104-          LRB9002549THgcam01
 1    15 of that year.
 2        (d)  If  a unit school district annexes all the territory
 3    of another unit school district effective  for  all  purposes
 4    pursuant  to  Section 7-9 on July 1, 1988, and if part of the
 5    annexed territory is detached within 90 days  after  July  1,
 6    1988,  then  the detachment shall be disregarded in computing
 7    the supplementary State aid reimbursements under this Section
 8    for the entire 3 year period and the supplementary State  aid
 9    reimbursements   shall  not  be  diminished  because  of  the
10    detachment.
11        (e)  The changes made by this amendatory Act of 1989  are
12    intended  to  be retroactive and applicable to any annexation
13    taking effect after August 1, 1987.
14    (Source: P.A. 86-13; 86-1334.)
15        (105 ILCS 5/21-0.01 new)
16        Sec. 21-0.01.  Powers after January 1, 1998. Beginning on
17    January 1, 1998 and thereafter, the State Board of Education,
18    in consultation with the State Teacher  Certification  Board,
19    shall  have  the  power  and  authority  to  do  all  of  the
20    following:
21             (1)  set  standards  for  teaching,  supervising, or
22        holding  other  certificated  employment  in  the  public
23        schools, and  administer  the  certification  process  as
24        provided  in  this  Article;  provided, however, that the
25        State  Teacher  Certification  Board  shall   be   solely
26        responsible   for   the   renewal  of  Standard  Teaching
27        Certificates as provided in Section 21-2;
28             (2)  approve and evaluate teacher and  administrator
29        preparation programs;
30             (3)  enter   into   agreements   with  other  states
31        relative  to   reciprocal   approval   of   teacher   and
32        administrator preparation programs;
33             (4)  establish  standards  for  the  issuance of new
                            -105-          LRB9002549THgcam01
 1        types of certificates; and
 2             (5)  take  such  other  action   relating   to   the
 3        improvement  of instruction in the public schools through
 4        teacher education and professional development  and  that
 5        attracts   qualified  candidates  into  teacher  training
 6        programs as is appropriate and consistent with applicable
 7        laws.
 8        (105 ILCS 5/21-1a) (from Ch. 122, par. 21-1a)
 9        Sec. 21-1a. Tests required for certification.
10        (a)  After  July  1,  1988,  in  addition  to  all  other
11    requirements,  early  childhood,  elementary,  special,  high
12    school, school service personnel, or, except as  provided  in
13    Section  34-6, administrative certificates shall be issued to
14    persons who have satisfactorily passed a test of basic skills
15    and subject matter knowledge.  The tests of basic skills  and
16    subject  matter  knowledge shall be the tests which from time
17    to time are designated by the State  Board  of  Education  in
18    consultation  with  the State Teacher Certification Board and
19    may be tests prepared by an educational testing  organization
20    or  tests  designed  by  the  State  Board  of  Education  in
21    consultation with the State Teacher Certification Board.  The
22    areas to be covered by the test of basic skills shall include
23    the   basic   skills   of   reading,   writing,  grammar  and
24    mathematics.  The test  of  subject  matter  knowledge  shall
25    assess  content  knowledge in the specific subject field. The
26    tests shall be designed to be racially neutral to assure that
27    no person  in  taking  the  tests  is  thereby  discriminated
28    against on the basis of race, color, national origin or other
29    factors  unrelated  to  the  person's ability to perform as a
30    certificated employee.  The score required to pass the  tests
31    of  basic  skills and subject matter knowledge shall be fixed
32    by the State Board of  Education  in  consultation  with  the
33    State  Teacher  Certification Board.  The tests shall be held
                            -106-          LRB9002549THgcam01
 1    not fewer than 3 times a year at such time and place  as  may
 2    be designated by the State Board of Education in consultation
 3    with the State Teacher Certification Board.
 4        (b)  Except  as  provided in Section 34-6, the provisions
 5    of subsection (a) of this Section shall apply equally in  any
 6    school  district  subject  to  Article  34, provided that the
 7    State Board of Education shall determine  which  certificates
 8    issued  under Sections 34-8.1 and 34-83 prior to July 1, 1988
 9    are comparable to any early childhood certificate, elementary
10    school  certificate,   special   certificate,   high   school
11    certificate,   school   service   personnel   certificate  or
12    administrative certificate issued under this  Article  as  of
13    July 1, 1988.
14        (c)  A  person  who holds an early childhood, elementary,
15    special, high school or school service personnel  certificate
16    issued  under  this  Article on or at any time before July 1,
17    1988, including  a  person  who  has  been  issued  any  such
18    certificate  pursuant to Section 21-11.1 or in exchange for a
19    comparable  certificate  theretofore  issued  under   Section
20    34-8.1  or  Section  34-83,  shall not be required to take or
21    pass the tests in order to thereafter have  such  certificate
22    renewed.
23        (d)  The  State  Board  of Education in consultation with
24    the State Teacher Certification Board shall conduct  a  pilot
25    administration  of  the  tests  by  administering the test to
26    students completing teacher education programs in the 1986-87
27    school year for the purpose of  determining  the  effect  and
28    impact of testing candidates for certification.
29        (e)  The rules and regulations developed to implement the
30    required  test  of  basic skills and subject matter knowledge
31    shall include the requirements of subsections (a),  (b),  and
32    (c)  and  shall  include  specific regulations to govern test
33    selection; test validation and  determination  of  a  passing
34    score;    administration   of   the   tests;   frequency   of
                            -107-          LRB9002549THgcam01
 1    administration;  applicant  fees;  frequency  of  applicants'
 2    taking the tests; the years for which a score is valid;  and,
 3    waiving  certain additional tests for additional certificates
 4    to individuals who have satisfactorily  passed  the  test  of
 5    basic  skills  and  subject  matter  knowledge as required in
 6    subsection (a). The State Board of Education  shall  provide,
 7    by  rule,  specific  policies  that  assure uniformity in the
 8    difficulty level of each form of the basic  skills  test  and
 9    each  subject  matter  knowledge  test  from test-to-test and
10    year-to-year.  The State Board of Education shall also set  a
11    passing score for the tests.
12        (f)  The  State  Teacher  Certification Board may issue a
13    nonrenewable temporary certificate between July 1,  1988  and
14    August  31,  1988  to individuals who have taken the tests of
15    basic skills and subject matter knowledge prescribed by  this
16    Section  but have not received such test scores by August 31,
17    1988.  Such temporary certificates shall expire  on  December
18    31, 1988.
19        (g)  Beginning  January  1,  1999,  the  State  Board  of
20    Education,   in   consultation   with   the   State   Teacher
21    Certification  Board,  shall  implement  and administer a new
22    system  of  certification  for  teachers  in  the  State   of
23    Illinois.  The State Board of Education, in consultation with
24    the  State  Teacher  Certification  Board,  shall  design and
25    implement a system of examinations and various other criteria
26    which shall be required prior  to  the  issuance  of  Initial
27    Teaching  Certificates  and  Standard  Teaching Certificates.
28    These examinations and indicators shall be based on  national
29    professional  teaching  standards, as determined by the State
30    Board of Education, in consultation with  the  State  Teacher
31    Certification  Board.  The State Board of Education may adopt
32    any and all regulations necessary to implement and administer
33    this Section.
34        (h)  The State Board of Education  shall  report  to  the
                            -108-          LRB9002549THgcam01
 1    Illinois    General    Assembly   and   the   Governor   with
 2    recommendations for further changes and improvements  to  the
 3    teacher  certification  system  no later than January 1, 1999
 4    and on an annual basis until January 1, 2001.
 5    (Source: P.A.  86-361;  86-734;  86-1028;  86-1471;  86-1488;
 6    87-242.)
 7        (105 ILCS 5/21-2) (from Ch. 122, par. 21-2)
 8        Sec. 21-2.  Grades of certificates.
 9        (a)  Until January 1, 1999, all certificates issued under
10    this  Article  shall  be  State certificates valid, except as
11    limited in Section 21-1,  in  every  school  district  coming
12    under the provisions of this Act and shall be limited in time
13    and    designated    as   follows:   Provisional   vocational
14    certificate, temporary  provisional  vocational  certificate,
15    early  childhood  certificate, elementary school certificate,
16    special certificate, high school certificate, school  service
17    personnel     certificate,     administrative    certificate,
18    provisional certificate,  and  substitute  certificate.   The
19    requirement  of  student  teaching  under close and competent
20    supervision for  obtaining  a  teaching  certificate  may  be
21    waived   by   the  State  Teacher  Certification  Board  upon
22    presentation to the Board by the teacher  of  evidence  of  5
23    years  successful  teaching experience on a valid certificate
24    and  graduation  from  a  recognized  institution  of  higher
25    learning with a bachelor's degree  with  not  less  than  120
26    semester  hours  and  a  minimum  of  16  semester  hours  in
27    professional education.
28        (b)  Initial  Teaching Certificate.  Beginning January 1,
29    1999, persons who (1)  have  completed  an  approved  teacher
30    preparation  program,  (2)  are  recommended  by  an approved
31    teacher preparation program, (3) have successfully  completed
32    the  Initial  Teaching Certification examinations required by
33    the State Board of Education, and  (4)  have  met  all  other
                            -109-          LRB9002549THgcam01
 1    criteria  established  by  the  State  Board  of Education in
 2    consultation with  the  State  Teacher  Certification  Board,
 3    shall  be  issued an Initial Teaching Certificate valid for 4
 4    years.  Initial Teaching Certificates  shall  be  issued  for
 5    categories   corresponding   to  Early  Childhood  Education,
 6    Elementary Education, and Secondary Education,  with  special
 7    certification  designations  for Special Education, Bilingual
 8    Education, fundamental  learning  areas  (including  Language
 9    Arts, Reading, Mathematics, Science, Social Science, Physical
10    Development and Health, Fine Arts, and Foreign Language), and
11    other  areas  designated  by the State Board of Education, in
12    consultation with the State Teacher Certification Board.
13        (c)  Standard Certificate.  Beginning  January  1,  1999,
14    persons  who  (1)  have completed 4 years of teaching with an
15    Initial Certificate, have successfully completed the Standard
16    Teaching Certificate examinations, and  have  met  all  other
17    criteria  established  by  the  State  Board  of Education in
18    consultation with the State Teacher Certification  Board,  or
19    (2)  were  issued  teaching  certificates prior to January 1,
20    1999 and are renewing those  certificates  after  January  1,
21    1999,  shall  be  issued  a  Standard Certificate valid for 5
22    years, which may be renewed thereafter every 5 years  by  the
23    State   Teacher   Certification   Board  based  on  proof  of
24    continuing education or  professional  development.  Standard
25    Certificates  shall be issued for categories corresponding to
26    Early  Childhood   Education,   Elementary   Education,   and
27    Secondary  Education, with special certification designations
28    for  Special  Education,  Bilingual  Education,   fundamental
29    learning    areas    (including   Language   Arts,   Reading,
30    Mathematics, Science, Social  Science,  Physical  Development
31    and Health, Fine Arts, and Foreign Language), and other areas
32    designated  by  the State Board of Education, in consultation
33    with the State Teacher Certification Board.
34        (d)  Master  Certificate.   Beginning  January  1,  1999,
                            -110-          LRB9002549THgcam01
 1    persons  who  have  successfully  achieved   National   Board
 2    certification  through  the  National  Board for Professional
 3    Teaching Standards shall  be  issued  a  Master  Certificate,
 4    valid  for  7  years  and  renewable thereafter every 7 years
 5    through compliance with requirements set forth by  the  State
 6    Board of Education.
 7    (Source: P.A. 88-92.)
 8        (105 ILCS 5/21-2.1) (from Ch. 122, par. 21-2.1)
 9        Sec. 21-2.1.  Early childhood certificate.
10        (a)  An  early childhood certificate shall be valid for 4
11    years for teaching children up to 6 years of  age,  exclusive
12    of  children enrolled in kindergarten, in facilities approved
13    by the State Superintendent of Education.  Beginning July  1,
14    1988,  such  certificate  shall  be  valid  for  4  years for
15    Teaching children through grade 3 in facilities  approved  by
16    the  State  Superintendent  of  Education.   Subject  to  the
17    provisions  of  Section  21-1a, it shall be issued to persons
18    who have graduated from a recognized  institution  of  higher
19    learning with a bachelor's degree and with not fewer than 120
20    semester  hours  including  professional  education  or human
21    development or, until July 1, 1992, to persons who have early
22    childhood  education  instruction  and  practical  experience
23    involving supervised work with children under 6 years of  age
24    or  with  children  through  grade  3.  Such persons shall be
25    recommended  for  the  early  childhood  certificate   by   a
26    recognized   institution  as  having  completed  an  approved
27    program of preparation which includes the requisite hours and
28    academic and professional courses  and  practical  experience
29    approved   by   the  State  Superintendent  of  Education  in
30    consultation with the State Teacher Certification Board.
31        (b)  Beginning January  1,  1999,  Initial  and  Standard
32    Early  Childhood  Education  Certificates  shall be issued to
33    persons who meet the criteria established by the State  Board
                            -111-          LRB9002549THgcam01
 1    of Education.
 2    (Source: P.A. 85-1389.)
 3        (105 ILCS 5/21-2a) (from Ch. 122, par. 21-2a)
 4        Sec.  21-2a.  Required curriculum for all teachers. After
 5    September 1, 1981 and until January 1, 1999, in  addition  to
 6    all  other  requirements, the successful completion of course
 7    work which includes instruction  on  the  psychology  of  the
 8    exceptional  child,  the  identification  of  the exceptional
 9    child, including, but not limited to  the  learning  disabled
10    and   methods  of  instruction  for  the  exceptional  child,
11    including, but not limited to the learning disabled shall  be
12    a  prerequisite  to  a  person receiving any of the following
13    certificates:; early childhood, elementary, special and  high
14    school.
15    (Source: P.A. 81-1082.)
16        (105 ILCS 5/21-3) (from Ch. 122, par. 21-3)
17        Sec. 21-3.  Elementary certificate.
18        (a)  An  elementary school certificate shall be valid for
19    4 years for teaching in the kindergarten and lower  9  grades
20    of  the common schools.  Subject to the provisions of Section
21    21-1a, it shall be issued to persons who have graduated  from
22    a recognized institution of higher learning with a bachelor's
23    degree  and with not fewer than 120 semester hours and with a
24    minimum of  16  semester  hours  in  professional  education,
25    including   5   semester  hours  in  student  teaching  under
26    competent  and  close  supervision.  Such  persons  shall  be
27    recommended for the elementary certificate  by  a  recognized
28    institution  as  having  completed  an  approved  program  of
29    preparation  which  includes intensive preservice training in
30    the  humanities,  natural  sciences,  mathematics   and   the
31    academic  and  professional  courses  approved  by  the State
32    Superintendent of Education in consultation  with  the  State
                            -112-          LRB9002549THgcam01
 1    Teacher Certification Board.
 2        (b)  Beginning  January  1,  1999,  Initial  and Standard
 3    Elementary Certificates shall be issued to persons  who  meet
 4    all  of  the  criteria  established  by  the  State  Board of
 5    Education for elementary education.
 6    (Source: P.A. 84-126.)
 7        (105 ILCS 5/21-4) (from Ch. 122, par. 21-4)
 8        Sec. 21-4.  Special certificate.
 9        (a)  A special certificate shall be valid for 4 years for
10    teaching the special subjects named therein in all grades  of
11    the  common  schools.  Subject  to  the provisions of Section
12    21-1a, it shall be issued to persons who have graduated  from
13    a recognized institution of higher learning with a bachelor's
14    degree and with not fewer than 120 semester hours including a
15    minimum  of 16 semester hours in professional education, 5 of
16    which shall be in student teaching under competent and  close
17    supervision. When the holder of such certificate has earned a
18    master's  degree,  including eight semester hours of graduate
19    professional  education  from  a  recognized  institution  of
20    higher learning and with two years' teaching  experience,  it
21    may be endorsed for supervision.
22        Such   persons  shall  be  recommended  for  the  special
23    certificate by a recognized institution as  having  completed
24    an  approved  program  of preparation which includes academic
25    and professional courses approved by the State Superintendent
26    of  Education  in  consultation  with   the   State   Teacher
27    Certification Board.
28        (b)  Beginning  January  1,  1999,  special certification
29    designations shall be issued for Special Education, Bilingual
30    Education,  fundamental  learning   areas   (Language   Arts,
31    Reading,   Mathematics,  Science,  Social  Science,  Physical
32    Development and Health, Fine Arts, and Foreign Language), and
33    other areas designated by the State Board  of  Education,  to
                            -113-          LRB9002549THgcam01
 1    persons who meet all of the criteria established by the State
 2    Board  of  Education,  in consultation with the State Teacher
 3    Certification Board.
 4    (Source: P.A. 84-126.)
 5        (105 ILCS 5/21-5) (from Ch. 122, par. 21-5)
 6        Sec. 21-5.  High school certificate.
 7        (a)  A high school certificate shall be valid for 4 years
 8    for teaching in grades  6  to  12  inclusive  of  the  common
 9    schools. Subject to the provisions of Section 21-1a, it shall
10    be  issued  to  persons  who have graduated from a recognized
11    institution of higher learning with a bachelor's  degree  and
12    with  not fewer than 120 semester hours including 16 semester
13    hours in professional education,  5  of  which  shall  be  in
14    student  teaching  under  competent and close supervision and
15    with one or more  teaching  fields.  Such  persons  shall  be
16    recommended  for  the high school certificate by a recognized
17    institution  as  having  completed  an  approved  program  of
18    preparation which  includes  the  academic  and  professional
19    courses  approved by the State Superintendent of Education in
20    consultation with the State Teacher Certification Board.
21        (b)  Beginning January  1,  1999,  Initial  and  Standard
22    Secondary  Certificates  shall  be issued to persons who meet
23    all of  the  criteria  established  by  the  State  Board  of
24    Education for secondary education.
25    (Source: P.A. 84-126.)
26        (105 ILCS 5/21-5a) (from Ch. 122, par. 21-5a)
27        Sec. 21-5a.  Alternative math-science certification.  The
28    State  Board  of  Education,  in  consultation with the State
29    Teacher Certification Board, shall establish and implement an
30    alternative certification program  under  which  persons  who
31    qualify  for  admission to, and who successfully complete the
32    program and meet the additional requirements  established  by
                            -114-          LRB9002549THgcam01
 1    this  Section shall be issued an initial alternative teaching
 2    certificate for teaching mathematics, science or  mathematics
 3    and science in grades 9 through 12 of the common schools.  In
 4    establishing  an alternative certification program under this
 5    Section, the State Board  of  Education  shall  designate  an
 6    appropriate  area within the State where the program shall be
 7    offered and made available to persons qualified for admission
 8    to the program.  In addition, the State Board  of  Education,
 9    in  cooperation  with  one or more recognized institutions of
10    higher learning, shall  develop  a  comprehensive  course  of
11    study  that persons admitted to the program must successfully
12    complete in order to satisfy one criterion for issuance of an
13    initial  alternative  certificate  under  this  Section.  The
14    comprehensive course of study so developed shall include  one
15    semester of practice teaching.
16        An  initial alternative teaching certificate, valid for 4
17    years for teaching mathematics, science  or  mathematics  and
18    science  in  grades  9  through  12 of the common schools and
19    renewable as provided in Section 21-14, shall be issued under
20    this Section 21-5a to persons who qualify  for  admission  to
21    the  alternative certification program and who at the time of
22    applying for  an  initial  alternative  teaching  certificate
23    under this Section:
24             (1)  have   graduated  with  a  master's  degree  in
25        mathematics or any science discipline from an institution
26        of  higher  learning  whose  scholarship  standards   are
27        approved  by the State Board of Education for purposes of
28        the alternative certification program;
29             (2)  have been employed for at least 10 years in  an
30        area  requiring  knowledge  and  practical application of
31        their academic background in  mathematics  or  a  science
32        discipline;
33             (3)  have  successfully  completed  the  alternative
34        certification  program  and  the  course of comprehensive
                            -115-          LRB9002549THgcam01
 1        study,  including  one  semester  of  practice  teaching,
 2        developed as part of the  program  as  provided  in  this
 3        Section and approved by the State Board of Education; and
 4             (4)  have  passed  the examinations required by test
 5        of basic skills and subject matter knowledge required  by
 6        Section 21-1a.
 7        The    alternative   certification   program   shall   be
 8    implemented at the commencement  of  the  1992-1993  academic
 9    year.
10        The State Board of Education shall establish criteria for
11    admission  to the alternative certification program and shall
12    adopt rules and regulations that  are  consistent  with  this
13    Section and that the State Board of Education deems necessary
14    to establish and implement the program.
15    (Source: P.A. 87-446.)
16        (105 ILCS 5/21-5c new)
17        Sec.  21-5c.  Alternative route to teacher certification.
18    The State Board of Education, in consultation with the  State
19    Teacher Certification Board, shall establish and implement an
20    alternative  route  to  teacher  certification  program under
21    which persons who meet the requirements of  and  successfully
22    complete  the  program  established  by this Section shall be
23    issued  an  initial  teaching  certificate  for  teaching  in
24    schools in this State. The State  Board  of  Education  shall
25    approve  a  course  of study that persons in the program must
26    successfully complete in order to satisfy one  criterion  for
27    issuance   of   a   certificate   under  this  Section.   The
28    Alternative Route to Teacher Certification program course  of
29    study  must  include the current content and skills contained
30    in a university's current  courses  for  State  certification
31    which  have been approved by the State Board of Education, in
32    consultation with the State Teacher Certification  Board,  as
33    the requirement for State teacher certification.
                            -116-          LRB9002549THgcam01
 1        The program established under this Section shall be known
 2    as  the  Alternative  Route to Teacher Certification program.
 3    The program may be offered in conjunction with  one  or  more
 4    not-for-profit organizations in the State.  The program shall
 5    be comprised of the following 3 phases: (a) a course of study
 6    offered   on   an   intensive   basis  in  education  theory,
 7    instructional  methods,  and  practice  teaching;   (b)   the
 8    person's  assignment to a full-time teaching position for one
 9    school year, including the designation of a mentor teacher to
10    advise and assist the person with that  teaching  assignment;
11    and  (c)  a comprehensive assessment of the person's teaching
12    performance by school officials and program participants  and
13    a  recommendation  by  the institution of higher education to
14    the State Board of Education that the  person  be  issued  an
15    initial  teaching  certificate.  Successful completion of the
16    Alternative Route to Teacher Certification program  shall  be
17    deemed  to satisfy any other practice or student teaching and
18    subject matter requirements established by law.
19        A provisional alternative teaching certificate, valid for
20    one year of teaching in the common schools and not renewable,
21    shall be issued under this Section 21-5c to  persons  who  at
22    the time of applying for the provisional alternative teaching
23    certificate under this Section:
24             (1)  have  graduated  from  an accredited college or
25        university with a bachelor's degree;
26             (2)  have been employed for a period of at  least  5
27        years   in   an   area   requiring   application  of  the
28        individual's education;
29             (3)  have successfully completed the first phase  of
30        the Alternative Teacher Certification program as provided
31        in this Section; and
32             (4)  have  passed  the  tests  of  basic  skills and
33        subject matter knowledge required by Section 21-1a.
34        An initial teaching certificate, valid  for  teaching  in
                            -117-          LRB9002549THgcam01
 1    the  common  schools,  shall  be issued under Section 21-3 or
 2    21-5 to persons who first complete the requirements  for  the
 3    provisional  alternative  teaching certificate and who at the
 4    time of applying for an  initial  teaching  certificate  have
 5    successfully  completed  the  second  and third phases of the
 6    Alternative  Route  to  Teacher  Certification   program   as
 7    provided in this Section.
 8        A person possessing a provisional alternative certificate
 9    or  an initial teaching certificate earned under this Section
10    shall  be  treated  as  a  regularly  certified  teacher  for
11    purposes of  compensation,  benefits,  and  other  terms  and
12    conditions  of employment afforded teachers in the school who
13    are members of a bargaining unit represented by an  exclusive
14    bargaining representative, if any.
15        The   State  Board  of  Education  may  adopt  rules  and
16    regulations that are consistent with this  Section  and  that
17    the  State  Board  deems necessary to establish and implement
18    the program.
19        (105 ILCS 5/21-5d new)
20        Sec.  21-5d.    Alternative   route   to   administrative
21    certification.  The State Board of Education, in consultation
22    with  the  State  Teacher Certification Board and an advisory
23    panel consisting of no less than 7  administrators  appointed
24    by the State Superintendent of Education, shall establish and
25    implement    an    alternative    route   to   administrative
26    certification  program  under  which  persons  who  meet  the
27    requirements  of  and  successfully  complete   the   program
28    established  by  this  Section  shall  be  issued  a standard
29    administrative certificate for serving as an administrator in
30    schools in this State.  For  the  purposes  of  this  Section
31    only,    "administrator"   means   a   person   holding   any
32    administrative position for which a  standard  administrative
33    certificate  with a general administrative endorsement, chief
                            -118-          LRB9002549THgcam01
 1    school  business  official  endorsement,  or   superintendent
 2    endorsement  is  required, except a principal or an assistant
 3    principal.  The State Board  of  Education  shall  approve  a
 4    course of study that persons in the program must successfully
 5    complete  in order to satisfy one criterion for issuance of a
 6    certificate under this Section.   The  Alternative  Route  to
 7    Administrative  Certification  program  course  of study must
 8    include  the  current  content  and  skills  contained  in  a
 9    university's current courses for  State  certification  which
10    have  been  approved  by  the  State  Board  of Education, in
11    consultation with the State Teacher Certification  Board,  as
12    the requirement for administrative certification.
13        The program established under this Section shall be known
14    as  the  Alternative  Route  to  Administrative Certification
15    program.  The program shall be comprised of the  following  3
16    phases:  (a)  a course of study offered on an intensive basis
17    in  education  management,  governance,   organization,   and
18    planning; (b) the person's assignment to a full-time position
19    for   one   school  year  as  an  administrator;  and  (c)  a
20    comprehensive  assessment  of  the  person's  performance  by
21    school officials and a recommendation to the State  Board  of
22    Education that the person be issued a standard administrative
23    certificate.   Successful completion of the Alternative Route
24    to Administrative Certification program shall  be  deemed  to
25    satisfy  any other supervisory, administrative, or management
26    experience requirements established by law.
27        A  provisional  alternative  administrative  certificate,
28    valid for one year of serving  as  an  administrator  in  the
29    common  schools and not renewable, shall be issued under this
30    Section 21-5d to persons who at the time of applying for  the
31    provisional alternative administrative certificate under this
32    Section:
33             (1)  have  graduated  from  an accredited college or
34        university with a master's degree in a  management  field
                            -119-          LRB9002549THgcam01
 1        or  with  a  bachelor's  degree  and  the life experience
 2        equivalent of a master's degree in a management field  as
 3        determined by the State Board of Education;
 4             (2)  have  been  employed for a period of at least 5
 5        years in a management level position;
 6             (3)  have successfully completed the first phase  of
 7        the  Alternative  Route  to  Administrative Certification
 8        program as provided in this Section; and
 9             (4)  have passed any  examination  required  by  the
10        State Board of Education.
11        A  standard  administrative  certificate  with  a general
12    administrative endorsement, chief  school  business  official
13    endorsement,  or  superintendent  endorsement,  renewable  as
14    provided  in  Section  21-14,  shall  be issued under Section
15    21-7.1 to persons who first complete the requirements for the
16    provisional alternative administrative certificate and who at
17    the  time  of  applying   for   a   standard   administrative
18    certificate  have successfully completed the second and third
19    phases   of   the   Alternative   Route   to   Administrative
20    Certification program as provided in this Section.
21        The  State  Board  of  Education  may  adopt  rules   and
22    regulations  that  are  consistent with this Section and that
23    the State Board deems necessary to  establish  and  implement
24    the program.
25        (105 ILCS 5/21-10) (from Ch. 122, par. 21-10)
26        Sec. 21-10. Provisional certificate.
27        (A)  Until  July 1, 1972, the State Teacher Certification
28    Board may issue a provisional certificate valid for  teaching
29    in  elementary, high school or special subject fields subject
30    to the following conditions:
31        A provisional certificate may be issued to a  person  who
32    presents  certified  evidence  of  having earned a bachelor's
33    degree from a recognized institution of higher learning.  The
                            -120-          LRB9002549THgcam01
 1    academic and professional courses offered as a basis  of  the
 2    provisional  certificate  shall  be  courses  approved by the
 3    State Board of  Education  in  consultation  with  the  State
 4    Teacher Certification Board.
 5        A  certificate  earned  under this plan may be renewed at
 6    the end of each two-year period upon evidence filed with  the
 7    State  Teacher Certification Board that the holder has earned
 8    8 semester hours of credit within the  period;  provided  the
 9    requirements  for the certificate of the same type issued for
10    the teaching position for which the teacher is employed shall
11    be met by the end of the second  renewal  period.   A  second
12    provisional  certificate shall not be issued.  The credits so
13    earned must be approved by the State Board  of  Education  in
14    consultation  with  the State Teacher Certification Board and
15    must  meet  the  general  pattern  for  a  similar  type   of
16    certificate  issued  on  the basis of credit.  No more than 4
17    semester hours shall be chosen from elective subjects.
18        (B)  After July 1, 1972, the State Teacher  Certification
19    Board  may issue a provisional certificate valid for teaching
20    in  early  childhood,  elementary,  high  school  or  special
21    subject fields, or for providing service  as  school  service
22    personnel   or  for  administering  schools  subject  to  the
23    following conditions: A provisional certificate may be issued
24    to  a  person  who  meets  the  requirements  for  a  regular
25    teaching,  school   service   personnel   or   administrative
26    certificate  in  another  State  and  who  presents certified
27    evidence  of  having  earned  a  bachelor's  degree  from   a
28    recognized  institution of higher learning.  The academic and
29    professional courses offered as a basis  of  the  provisional
30    certificate  shall  be courses approved by the State Board of
31    Education   in   consultation   with   the   State    Teacher
32    Certification Board.  A certificate earned under this plan is
33    valid  for  a  period  of  2  years and shall not be renewed;
34    however, the individual to whom this  certificate  is  issued
                            -121-          LRB9002549THgcam01
 1    shall have passed or shall pass the examinations set forth by
 2    the  State  Board  of Education basic skills test and subject
 3    matter knowledge test or tests within 9 months of the date of
 4    issuance of the provisional certificate. Failure to pass  the
 5    tests,  required  in  Section  21-1a,  shall  result  in  the
 6    cancellation of the provisional certificate.
 7        (C)  The State Teacher Certification Board may also issue
 8    a   provisional   vocational   certificate  and  a  temporary
 9    provisional vocational certificate.
10             (1)  The requirements for a  provisional  vocational
11        certificate  shall  be  determined  by the State Board of
12        Education in consultation with the State  Teacher  Board;
13        provided, the following minimum requirements are met: (a)
14        after  July 1, 1972, at least 30 semester hours of credit
15        from a recognized institution of higher learning; and (b)
16        after July 1, 1974, at least 60 semester hours of  credit
17        from a recognized institution of higher learning.
18             (2)  The  requirements  for  a temporary provisional
19        vocational certificate shall be determined by  the  State
20        Board of Education in consultation with the State Teacher
21        Certification  Board;  provided,  the  following  minimum
22        requirements  are  met:  (a) after July 1, 1973, at least
23        4,000 hours  of  work  experience  in  the  skill  to  be
24        certified  for  teaching;  and (b) after July 1, 1975, at
25        least 8,000 hours of work experience in the skill  to  be
26        certified for teaching.  Any certificate issued under the
27        provisions  of  this  paragraph  shall  expire on June 30
28        following the date of issue.  Renewals may be granted  on
29        a  yearly  basis,  but shall not be granted to any person
30        who does not file with the  State  Teacher  Certification
31        Board  a  transcript showing at least 3 semester hours of
32        credit earned during the previous year  in  a  recognized
33        institution  of  learning.   No such certificate shall be
34        issued except upon certification by the employing  board,
                            -122-          LRB9002549THgcam01
 1        subject to the approval of the regional superintendent of
 2        schools,  that  no  qualified  teacher  holding a regular
 3        certificate or a provisional  vocational  certificate  is
 4        available  and that actual circumstances and need require
 5        such issuance.
 6        The courses or work experience offered as a basis for the
 7    issuance of the provisional  vocational  certificate  or  the
 8    temporary   provisional   vocational   certificate  shall  be
 9    approved by the State Board of Education in consultation with
10    the State Teacher Certification Board.
11        (D)  Until July 1, 1972, the State Teacher  Certification
12    Board   may   also   issue  a  provisional  foreign  language
13    certificate valid  for  4  years  for  teaching  the  foreign
14    language  named  therein  in all grades of the common schools
15    and shall be issued to persons  who  have  graduated  from  a
16    recognized institution of higher learning with not fewer than
17    120   semester  hours  of  credit  and  who  have  met  other
18    requirements as determined by the State Board of Education in
19    consultation with the State Teacher Certification Board.   If
20    the  holder  of a provisional foreign language certificate is
21    not a citizen of the United States within 6 years of the date
22    of issuance of the  original  certificate,  such  certificate
23    shall  be suspended by the regional superintendent of schools
24    of the region in which the holder is  engaged  to  teach  and
25    shall  not be reinstated until the holder is a citizen of the
26    United States.
27        (E)  Notwithstanding  anything  in  this   Act   to   the
28    contrary,  the  State Teacher Certification Board shall issue
29    part-time provisional certificates  to  eligible  individuals
30    who are professionals and craftsmen.
31        The  requirements  for  a  part-time provisional teachers
32    certificate  shall  be  determined  by  the  State  Board  of
33    Education   in   consultation   with   the   State    Teacher
34    Certification   Board,   provided   the   following   minimum
                            -123-          LRB9002549THgcam01
 1    requirements  are  met:   60  semester hours of credit from a
 2    recognized institution of higher learning or  4000  hours  of
 3    work experience in the skill to be certified for teaching.
 4        A  part-time  provisional  certificate  may be issued for
 5    teaching no more than 2 courses of study for grades 6 through
 6    12.
 7        A part-time provisional  teachers  certificate  shall  be
 8    valid  for  2  years  and may be renewed at the end of each 2
 9    year period.
10    (Source: P.A. 88-204.)
11        (105 ILCS 5/21-11.1) (from Ch. 122, par. 21-11.1)
12        Sec.    21-11.1.      Certificates     for     equivalent
13    qualifications. An applicant who holds or is eligible to hold
14    a  teacher's certificate or license under the laws of another
15    state or territory of the United  States  may  be  granted  a
16    corresponding   teacher's  certificate  in  Illinois  on  the
17    written authorization of the State Board of Education and the
18    State  Teacher  Certification  Board   upon   the   following
19    conditions:
20             (1)  That the applicant is at least 19 years of age,
21        is  of  good  character, good health and a citizen of the
22        United States; and
23             (2)  That the requirements for a  similar  teacher's
24        certificate in the particular state or territory were, at
25        the  date  of  issuance of the certificate, substantially
26        equal to the  requirements  in  force  at  the  time  the
27        application is made for the certificate in this State.
28        After  January  1,  1988,  in  addition to satisfying the
29    foregoing conditions and requirements,  an  applicant  for  a
30    corresponding  teaching certificate in Illinois also shall be
31    required to pass the examinations test of  basic  skills  and
32    subject  matter  knowledge  required  under the provisions of
33    Section 21-1a as directed by the State Board of Education.
                            -124-          LRB9002549THgcam01
 1        In determining good character  under  this  Section,  any
 2    felony   conviction  of  the  applicant  may  be  taken  into
 3    consideration, but the conviction shall not operate as a  bar
 4    to registration.
 5        The  State  Board  of  Education in consultation with the
 6    State Teacher Certification Board shall prescribe  rules  and
 7    regulations  establishing  the  similarity of certificates in
 8    other  states  and  the   standards   for   determining   the
 9    equivalence of requirements.
10    (Source: P.A. 87-242.)
11        (105 ILCS 5/21-11.3) (from Ch. 122, par. 21-11.3)
12        Sec.  21-11.3.  Resident teacher certificate.  A resident
13    teacher certificate shall be valid for 2 years for employment
14    as a resident teacher in a public school.  It shall be issued
15    only  to  persons  who  have  graduated  from  a   recognized
16    institution of higher education with a bachelor's degree, who
17    are  enrolled  in  a  program  of preparation approved by the
18    State Superintendent of Education in  consultation  with  the
19    State  Teacher  Certification  Board, and who have passed the
20    appropriate  tests  as  required  in  test  of  basic  skills
21    required by Section 21-1a and  as  determined  by  the  State
22    Board  of  Education.   A resident teacher certificate may be
23    issued for teaching children through grade 3  or  for  grades
24    K-9,  6-12,  or K-12 in a special subject area and may not be
25    renewed. A resident teacher may  teach  only  in  conjunction
26    with and under the direction of a certified teacher and shall
27    not teach in place of a certified teacher.
28    (Source: P.A. 87-222.)
29        (105 ILCS 5/21-11.4)
30        Sec. 21-11.4.  Illinois Teacher Corps.
31        (a)  The  General  Assembly finds and determines that (i)
32    it  is  important  to  encourage  the  entry   of   qualified
                            -125-          LRB9002549THgcam01
 1    professionals  into  elementary  and  secondary teaching as a
 2    second career; and (ii) there are a number of individuals who
 3    have bachelors' degrees, experience in the work force, and an
 4    interest in serving youth that creates a special talent  pool
 5    with  great  potential  for  enriching  the lives of Illinois
 6    children as teachers.  To provide this talent pool  with  the
 7    opportunity  to serve children as teachers, school districts,
 8    colleges, and universities are encouraged,  as  part  of  the
 9    public  policy  of  this  State,  to enter into collaborative
10    programs  to  educate  and   induct   these   non-traditional
11    candidates  into  the teaching profession.  To facilitate the
12    certification  of  such  candidates,  the  State   Board   of
13    Education,   in   consultation   with   the   State   Teacher
14    Certification  Board,  shall  assist  institutions  of higher
15    education and school districts with the implementation of the
16    Illinois Teacher Corps.
17        (b)  Individuals who wish to become  candidates  for  the
18    Illinois  Teacher  Corps program must earn a resident teacher
19    certificate as defined in Section 21-11.3, including:
20             (1)  graduation from  a  recognized  institution  of
21        higher  education with a bachelor's degree and at least a
22        3.00 out of a 4.00 grade point average;
23             (2)  a minimum of 5 years of professional experience
24        in the area the candidate wishes to teach;
25             (3)  passing the examinations required by the  State
26        Board  of  Education  test  of  basic  skills and subject
27        matter required by Section 21-1a;
28             (4)  enrollment in a  Masters  of  Education  Degree
29        program approved by the State Superintendent of Education
30        in  consultation  with  the  State  Teacher Certification
31        Board; and
32             (5)  completion of a 6 week summer intensive teacher
33        preparation course which is the first  component  of  the
34        Masters Degree program.
                            -126-          LRB9002549THgcam01
 1        (c)  School  districts may hire an Illinois Teacher Corps
 2    candidate  after  the  candidate  has  received  his  or  her
 3    resident teacher certificate.  The school  district  has  the
 4    responsibility  of  ensuring  that the candidates receive the
 5    supports  necessary  to  become  qualified,   competent   and
 6    productive  teachers.   To  be eligible to participate in the
 7    Illinois Teacher Corps program, school districts must provide
 8    a minimum of the following supports to the candidates:
 9             (1)  a salary and  benefits  package  as  negotiated
10        through the teacher contracts;
11             (2)  a  mentor  certified  teacher  who will provide
12        guidance to  one  or  more  candidates  under  a  program
13        developed  collaboratively  by  the  school  district and
14        university;
15             (3)  at least  quarterly  evaluations  performed  of
16        each  candidate  jointly  by  the  mentor teacher and the
17        principal of the school or the principal's designee; and
18             (4)  a written and signed document from  the  school
19        district  outlining  the  support the district intends to
20        provide to the candidates,  for  approval  by  the  State
21        Teacher Certification Board.
22        (d)  Illinois institutions of higher education shall work
23    collaboratively  with  school districts and the State Teacher
24    Certification Board to academically  prepare  the  candidates
25    for  the teaching profession.  To be eligible to participate,
26    the  College  or  School  of  Education  of  a  participating
27    Illinois institution  of  higher  education  must  develop  a
28    curriculum  that  provides, upon completion, a Masters Degree
29    in Education for the candidates.  The Masters Degree  program
30    must:
31             (1)  receive   approval   from   the  State  Teacher
32        Certification Board; and
33             (2)  take no longer than 3 summers  and  2  academic
34        years  to  complete,  and  balance  the  needs  and  time
                            -127-          LRB9002549THgcam01
 1        constraints of the candidates.
 2        (e)  Upon  successful  completion  of  the Masters Degree
 3    program,  the  candidate    receives  an   Initial   Teaching
 4    Certificate becomes a fully certified teacher in the State of
 5    Illinois  and all other general education academic coursework
 6    deficiencies are waived.
 7        (f)  If an individual wishes to become a candidate in the
 8    Illinois Teacher Corps program, but does not possess 5  years
 9    of  professional  experience,  the individual may qualify for
10    the  program  by  participating  in  a  one  year  internship
11    teacher preparation program with a school district.  The  one
12    year  internship  shall  be  developed collaboratively by the
13    school  district  and  the  Illinois  institution  of  higher
14    education,  and  shall  be  approved  by  the  State  Teacher
15    Certification Board.
16        (g)  The State Board of Education is authorized to  award
17    grants  to  school  districts that seek to prepare candidates
18    for the teaching profession who have bachelors'  degrees  and
19    professional work experience in subjects relevant to teaching
20    fields,  but who do not have formal preparation for teaching.
21    Grants may be made to school districts for up to  $3,000  per
22    candidate  when  the  school  district, in cooperation with a
23    public  or  private  university  and  the  school  district's
24    teacher  bargaining  unit,  develop  a  program  designed  to
25    prepare teachers  pursuant  to  the  Illinois  Teacher  Corps
26    program under this Section.
27    (Source: P.A. 88-204.)
28        (105 ILCS 5/21-14) (from Ch. 122, par. 21-14)
29        Sec. 21-14. Registration and renewal of certificates.)
30        (a)  A  limited  four-year  certificate  or a certificate
31    issued  after  July  1,  1955,  shall  be  renewable  at  its
32    expiration  or  within  60  days  thereafter  by  the  county
33    superintendent of schools having supervision and control over
                            -128-          LRB9002549THgcam01
 1    the school where  the  teacher  is  teaching  upon  certified
 2    evidence  of meeting the requirements for renewal as required
 3    by this Act and prescribed by the State Board of Education in
 4    consultation with the State Teacher Certification Board.   An
 5    elementary  supervisory  certificate  shall not be renewed at
 6    the  end  of  the  first  four-year  period  covered  by  the
 7    certificate unless the holder  thereof  has  filed  certified
 8    evidence  with  the State Teacher Certification Board that he
 9    has a master's degree or that he has earned 8 semester  hours
10    of  credit  in  the  field  of educational administration and
11    supervision in a recognized institution of  higher  learning.
12    The  holder shall continue to earn 8 semester hours of credit
13    each four-year period until such time  as  he  has  earned  a
14    master's degree.
15        All  certificates  not  renewed  or  registered as herein
16    provided shall lapse after a  period  of  4  years  from  the
17    expiration   of   the   last   year  of  registration.   Such
18    certificates may be reinstated for a  one  year  period  upon
19    payment   of   all   accumulated   registration  fees.   Such
20    reinstated certificates shall only be renewed: (1) by earning
21    5 semester hours of credit in  a  recognized  institution  of
22    higher  learning in the field of professional education or in
23    courses related to the holder's contractual teaching  duties;
24    or  (2)  by  presenting  evidence  of holding a valid regular
25    certificate of some  other  type.   Any  certificate  may  be
26    voluntarily   surrendered   by  the  certificate  holder.   A
27    voluntarily surrendered certificate shall  be  treated  as  a
28    revoked certificate.
29        (b)  When   those  teaching  certificates  issued  before
30    January 1, 1999 are renewed for the first time after  January
31    1,  1999,  all  such teaching certificates shall be exchanged
32    for Standard Teaching Certificates as provided in  subsection
33    (c)  of  Section  21-2.   All  Initial  and Standard Teaching
34    Certificates,  including  those   issued   to   persons   who
                            -129-          LRB9002549THgcam01
 1    previously  held  teaching certificates issued before January
 2    1, 1999, shall be renewable under the conditions set forth in
 3    this subsection (b).
 4        Initial Teaching Certificates are valid for 4  years  and
 5    are   nonrenewable.     Standard  Teaching  Certificates  are
 6    renewable every 5 years as  provided  in  subsection  (c)  of
 7    Section 21-2.
 8    (Source: P.A. 86-400.)
 9        (105 ILCS 5/24-11) (from Ch. 122, par. 24-11)
10        Sec.  24-11.   Boards  of  Education  -  Boards of School
11    Inspectors - Contractual continued service.  As used in  this
12    and the succeeding Sections of this Article:,
13        "Teacher"  means  any  or  all  school district employees
14    regularly required to be certified under laws relating to the
15    certification of teachers.,
16        "Board" means board of directors, board of education,  or
17    board of school inspectors, as the case may be., and
18        "School term" means that portion of the school year, July
19    1 to the following June 30, when school is in actual session.
20        This  Section  and  Sections  24-12 through 24-16 of this
21    Article apply only  to  school  districts  having  less  than
22    500,000 inhabitants.
23        Any  teacher  who  has been employed in any district as a
24    full-time teacher for a probationary period of 2  consecutive
25    school  terms  shall enter upon contractual continued service
26    unless given written notice of dismissal stating the specific
27    reason therefor, by certified mail, return receipt  requested
28    by  the employing board at least 45 60 days before the end of
29    such period; except that for a teacher who is first  employed
30    by  a school district on or after January 1, 1998 and who has
31    not  before  that  date  already  entered  upon   contractual
32    continued  service  in that district, the probationary period
33    shall be 4 consecutive school terms before the teacher  shall
                            -130-          LRB9002549THgcam01
 1    enter upon contractual continued service.  For the purpose of
 2    determining   contractual   continued   service,   the  first
 3    probationary year shall be any full-time  employment  from  a
 4    date  before  November  1 through the end of the school year.
 5    If, however, a  teacher  has  not  had  one  school  term  of
 6    full-time  teaching  experience  before the beginning of such
 7    probationary period, the employing board may  at  its  option
 8    extend  such  probationary  period  for one additional school
 9    term by giving the teacher written notice by certified  mail,
10    return  receipt  requested at least 60 days before the end of
11    the second school term of the period of 2 consecutive  school
12    terms  referred to above.  Such notice must state the reasons
13    for the one year extension and must  outline  the  corrective
14    actions  which  the  teacher  should  take  to satisfactorily
15    complete probation.
16        Any full-time teacher who  is  not  completing  the  last
17    first  year  of  the  probationary  period  described  in the
18    preceding paragraph, or any teacher employed on  a  full-time
19    basis  not  later  than  January  1 of the school term, shall
20    receive written notice from the employing board at  least  45
21    60  days  before the end of any school term whether or not he
22    will be re-employed for the following  school  term.  If  the
23    board fails to give such notice, the employee shall be deemed
24    reemployed,  and not later than the close of the then current
25    school term the board shall issue a regular contract  to  the
26    employee  as though the board had reemployed him in the usual
27    manner.
28        Contractual continued service shall  continue  in  effect
29    the  terms  and  provisions  of the contract with the teacher
30    during the last  school  term  of  the  probationary  period,
31    subject  to  this  Act  and  the  lawful  regulations  of the
32    employing board. This Section and succeeding Sections do  not
33    modify any existing power of the board except with respect to
34    the procedure of the discharge of a teacher and reductions in
                            -131-          LRB9002549THgcam01
 1    salary as hereinafter provided. Contractual continued service
 2    status  shall not restrict the power of the board to transfer
 3    a teacher to a position which the  teacher  is  qualified  to
 4    fill   or  to  make  such  salary  adjustments  as  it  deems
 5    desirable, but unless reductions in  salary  are  uniform  or
 6    based  upon some reasonable classification, any teacher whose
 7    salary is reduced shall be entitled to a notice and a hearing
 8    as hereinafter provided in the case of certain dismissals  or
 9    removals.
10        The  employment  of any teacher in a program of a special
11    education joint agreement established under Section  3-15.14,
12    10-22.31  or  10-22.31a  shall  be  under this and succeeding
13    Sections of this Article.   For  purposes  of  attaining  and
14    maintaining   contractual  continued  service  and  computing
15    length of continuing service as referred to in  this  Section
16    and  Section 24-12, employment in a special educational joint
17    program shall  be  deemed  a  continuation  of  all  previous
18    certificated  employment  of  such  teacher  for  such  joint
19    agreement  whether  the employer of the teacher was the joint
20    agreement,  the  regional  superintendent,  or  one  of   the
21    participating districts in the joint agreement.
22        Any  teacher  employed  after July 1, 1987 as a full-time
23    teacher in a program of a special education joint  agreement,
24    whether  the  program is operated by the joint agreement or a
25    member district on behalf  of  the  joint  agreement,  for  a
26    probationary period of two consecutive years shall enter upon
27    contractual   continued   service  in  all  of  the  programs
28    conducted by  such  joint  agreement  which  the  teacher  is
29    legally  qualified  to hold; except that for a teacher who is
30    first employed on or after January 1, 1998 in a program of  a
31    special education joint agreement and who has not before that
32    date  already  entered  upon contractual continued service in
33    all of the programs conducted by the joint agreement that the
34    teacher is legally qualified to hold, the probationary period
                            -132-          LRB9002549THgcam01
 1    shall be 4 consecutive years before the teacher  enters  upon
 2    contractual  continued  service in all of those programs.  In
 3    the event of  a  reduction  in  the  number  of  programs  or
 4    positions  in the joint agreement, the teacher on contractual
 5    continued service shall be eligible  for  employment  in  the
 6    joint  agreement  programs  for  which the teacher is legally
 7    qualified in order of greater length of continuing service in
 8    the  joint  agreement  unless  an   alternative   method   of
 9    determining  the  sequence  of  dismissal is established in a
10    collective  bargaining  agreement.   In  the  event  of   the
11    dissolution  of a joint agreement, the teacher on contractual
12    continued service who is legally qualified shall be  assigned
13    to  any  comparable  position  in a member district currently
14    held by a  teacher  who  has  not  entered  upon  contractual
15    continued  service  or held by a teacher who has entered upon
16    contractual  continued  service  with   shorter   length   of
17    contractual continued service.
18        The  governing  board  of  the  joint  agreement,  or the
19    administrative district, if so authorized by the articles  of
20    agreement  of  the  joint agreement, rather than the board of
21    education of a school district, may carry out employment  and
22    termination  actions  including dismissals under this Section
23    and Section 24-12.
24        For purposes of this  and  succeeding  Sections  of  this
25    Article,  a  program of a special educational joint agreement
26    shall be defined as instructional, consultative, supervisory,
27    administrative, diagnostic, and related  services  which  are
28    managed  by  the special educational joint agreement designed
29    to service two or more districts which  are  members  of  the
30    joint agreement.
31        Each  joint  agreement  shall  be  required  to  post  by
32    February 1, a list of all its employees in order of length of
33    continuing   service   in  the  joint  agreement,  unless  an
34    alternative method of determining a sequence of dismissal  is
                            -133-          LRB9002549THgcam01
 1    established in an applicable collective bargaining agreement.
 2        The  employment  of  any  teacher  in a special education
 3    program authorized by Section 14-1.01 through 14-14.01, or  a
 4    joint   educational   program   established   under   Section
 5    10-22.31a, shall be under this and the succeeding Sections of
 6    this   Article,   and  such  employment  shall  be  deemed  a
 7    continuation of the previous employment of  such  teacher  in
 8    any   of  the  participating  districts,  regardless  of  the
 9    participation of other districts in the program. Any  teacher
10    employed  as  a  full-time  teacher  in  a  special education
11    program prior to September 23, 1987 in which 2 or more school
12    districts  participate  for  a  probationary  period   of   2
13    consecutive  years  shall  enter  upon  contractual continued
14    service in each of the participating  districts,  subject  to
15    this  and the succeeding Sections of this Article, and in the
16    event of the termination of the program shall be eligible for
17    any vacant position in any of such districts for  which  such
18    teacher is qualified.
19    (Source: P.A. 85-1163; 85-1209; 85-1440.)
20        (105 ILCS 5/24A-5) (from Ch. 122, par. 24A-5)
21        Sec.  24A-5.   Content  of evaluation plans.  Each school
22    district to which this  Article  applies  shall  establish  a
23    teacher  evaluation  plan  which ensures that each teacher in
24    contractual continued service is evaluated at least  once  in
25    the  course  of  every  2  school  years,  beginning with the
26    1986-87 school year.
27        The evaluation plan shall comply with the requirements of
28    this Section and of any rules adopted by the State  Board  of
29    Education pursuant to this Section.
30        The  plan  shall  include a description of each teacher's
31    duties and responsibilities and of  the  standards  to  which
32    that teacher is expected to conform.
33        The  plan  may  provide for evaluation of personnel whose
                            -134-          LRB9002549THgcam01
 1    positions require administrative certification by independent
 2    evaluators not employed by  or  affiliated  with  the  school
 3    district.  The results of the school district administrators'
 4    evaluations  shall be reported to the employing school board,
 5    together with such recommendations  for  remediation  as  the
 6    evaluator or evaluators may deem appropriate.
 7        Evaluation  of  teachers  whose  positions do not require
 8    administrative  certification  shall  be  conducted   by   an
 9    administrator  qualified under Section 24A-3, or -- in school
10    districts having a population exceeding 500,000 -- by  either
11    an   administrator   qualified  under  Section  24A-3  or  an
12    assistant principal under the supervision of an administrator
13    qualified under Section 24A-3, and shall include at least the
14    following components:
15             (a)  personal observation  of  the  teacher  in  the
16        classroom  (on at least 2 different school days in school
17        districts having a population  exceeding  500,000)  by  a
18        district  administrator qualified under Section 24A-3, or
19        -- in school  districts  having  a  population  exceeding
20        500,000  --  by  either  an administrator qualified under
21        Section  24A-3  or  an  assistant  principal  under   the
22        supervision  of  an administrator qualified under Section
23        24A-3, unless the teacher has no classroom duties.
24             (b)  consideration  of  the  teacher's   attendance,
25        planning,    and    instructional    methods,   classroom
26        management, where relevant, and competency in the subject
27        matter taught, where relevant.
28             (c)  rating  of   the   teacher's   performance   as
29        "excellent", "satisfactory" or "unsatisfactory".
30             (d)  specification as to the teacher's strengths and
31        weaknesses,  with  supporting  reasons  for  the comments
32        made.
33             (e)  inclusion of a copy of the  evaluation  in  the
34        teacher's  personnel  file and provision of a copy to the
                            -135-          LRB9002549THgcam01
 1        teacher.
 2             (f)  within  30  days   after   completion   of   an
 3        evaluation   rating   a   teacher   as  "unsatisfactory",
 4        development and commencement by the district,  or  by  an
 5        administrator   qualified   under  Section  24A-3  or  an
 6        assistant  principal  under   the   supervision   of   an
 7        administrator  qualified  under  Section  24A-3 in school
 8        districts having a population  exceeding  500,000,  of  a
 9        remediation  plan designed to correct deficiencies cited,
10        provided the deficiencies are deemed remediable.  In  all
11        school  districts  having  a population exceeding 500,000
12        the remediation plan for unsatisfactory, tenured teachers
13        shall provide for 90 school 45 days of school remediation
14        within the classroom.  Additional remediation,  up  to  6
15        months  (inclusive  of the 45 days), may be provided only
16        in those cases where at the termination  of  the  45  day
17        in-class   remediation,   the  principal  and  consulting
18        teacher provided  for  herein  determine  (based  on  the
19        teacher's  progress)  that the teacher may be remediable,
20        but  such  additional   remediation   shall   create   no
21        presumption of remediability and may be terminated at any
22        time after 45 or 90 days by the principal.  The principal
23        and  consulting teacher shall determine if the additional
24        remediation time shall be conducted within or outside  of
25        the   assigned   classroom.    In  all  school  districts
26        evaluations issued pursuant to  this  Section  in  school
27        districts  having a population exceeding 500,000 shall be
28        issued  within  10  days  after  the  conclusion  of  the
29        respective remediation plan.  However, the  school  board
30        or  other  governing  authority of the district shall not
31        lose jurisdiction to discharge a teacher in the event the
32        evaluation  is  not  issued  within  10  days  after  the
33        conclusion of the respective remediation plan.
34             (g)  participation in the remediation  plan  by  the
                            -136-          LRB9002549THgcam01
 1        teacher  rated "unsatisfactory", a district administrator
 2        qualified under Section 24A-3 (or -- in a school district
 3        having a population exceeding 500,000 -- an administrator
 4        qualified under Section 24A-3 or an  assistant  principal
 5        under the supervision of an administrator qualified under
 6        Section 24A-3), and a consulting teacher, selected by the
 7        participating administrator or by the principal, or -- in
 8        school districts having a population exceeding 500,000 --
 9        by  an  administrator qualified under Section 24A-3 or by
10        an  assistant  principal  under  the  supervision  of  an
11        administrator  qualified  under  Section  24A-3,  of  the
12        teacher who was rated "unsatisfactory", which  consulting
13        teacher  is  an  educational  employee  as defined in the
14        Educational Labor Relations Act, has at  least  5  years'
15        teaching experience and a reasonable familiarity with the
16        assignment  of  the  teacher  being  evaluated,  and  who
17        received  an "excellent" rating on his or her most recent
18        evaluation.  Where no teachers who  meet  these  criteria
19        are  available  within  the  district, the district shall
20        request and the State Board of Education shall supply, to
21        participate in the remediation process, an individual who
22        meets these criteria.
23             In a district  having  a  population  of  less  than
24        500,000   with   an   exclusive   bargaining  agent,  the
25        bargaining agent may, if it so chooses, supply  a  roster
26        of qualified teachers from whom the consulting teacher is
27        to  be selected.  That roster shall, however, contain the
28        names of at least 5 teachers,  each  of  whom  meets  the
29        criteria  for  consulting  teacher  with  regard  to  the
30        teacher  being evaluated, or the names of all teachers so
31        qualified if that number is less than 5.  In the event of
32        a dispute as to  qualification,  the  State  Board  shall
33        determine qualification.
34             (h)  quarterly  evaluations and ratings for one year
                            -137-          LRB9002549THgcam01
 1        immediately  following  receipt  of  an  "unsatisfactory"
 2        rating of a teacher for whom a remediation plan has  been
 3        developed;  provided  that  in  school districts having a
 4        population  exceeding  500,000  there  shall  be  monthly
 5        evaluations and  ratings  for  the  first  6  months  and
 6        quarterly  evaluations  and ratings for the next 6 months
 7        immediately  following  completion  of  the   remediation
 8        program of a teacher for whom a remediation plan has been
 9        developed.   These   subsequent   evaluations   shall  be
10        conducted by the participating administrator,  or  --  in
11        school districts having a population exceeding 500,000 --
12        by  either  the  principal  or  by an assistant principal
13        under the supervision of an administrator qualified under
14        Section 24A-3.   The  consulting  teacher  shall  provide
15        advice  to  the  teacher rated "unsatisfactory" on how to
16        improve teaching skills and to successfully complete  the
17        remediation   plan.    The   consulting   teacher   shall
18        participate  in  developing the remediation plan, but the
19        final decision as to the evaluation shall be done  solely
20        by  the administrator, or -- in school districts having a
21        population exceeding 500,000 -- by either  the  principal
22        or  by an assistant principal under the supervision of an
23        administrator qualified under Section  24A-3,  unless  an
24        applicable  collective  bargaining  agreement provides to
25        the contrary.  Teachers in the remediation process  in  a
26        school district having a population exceeding 500,000 are
27        not  subject  to  the  annual  evaluations  described  in
28        paragraphs  (a) through (e) of this Section.  Evaluations
29        at the conclusion of the  remediation  process  shall  be
30        separate   and   distinct   from   the   required  annual
31        evaluations of teachers and shall not be subject  to  the
32        guidelines   and  procedures  relating  to  those  annual
33        evaluations.  The evaluator may but is  not  required  to
34        use  the  forms  provided  for  the  annual evaluation of
                            -138-          LRB9002549THgcam01
 1        teachers in the district's evaluation plan.
 2             (i)  in school districts having a population of less
 3        than 500,000, reinstatement to  a  schedule  of  biennial
 4        evaluation  for  any  teacher  who  completes  the 1-year
 5        remediation plan with a "satisfactory" or better  rating,
 6        unless   the  district's  plan  regularly  requires  more
 7        frequent evaluations; and in school  districts  having  a
 8        population exceeding 500,000, reinstatement to a schedule
 9        of  biennial evaluation for any teacher who completes the
10        90 45 school day remediation plan or extended plan of  up
11        to  6-months  with  a "satisfactory" or better rating and
12        the one year intensive review  schedule  as  provided  in
13        paragraph  (h)  of  this Section with a "satisfactory" or
14        better rating,  unless  such  district's  plan  regularly
15        requires more frequent evaluations.
16             (j)  dismissal  in  accordance with Section 24-12 or
17        34-85 of The School Code  of any  teacher  who  fails  to
18        complete   any   applicable   remediation   plan  with  a
19        "satisfactory" or better rating.  Districts and  teachers
20        subject   to   dismissal   hearings  are  precluded  from
21        compelling the testimony of consulting teachers  at  such
22        hearings  under  Section 24-12 or 34-85, either as to the
23        rating  process  or  for  opinions  of  performances   by
24        teachers under remediation.
25        In   a   district   districts  subject  to  a  collective
26    bargaining  agreement  as  of  the  effective  date  of  this
27    amendatory Act of 1997 August 1, 1985, any  changes  made  by
28    this  amendatory  Act  to the provisions of this Section that
29    are contrary to the express  terms  and  provisions  of  that
30    agreement  shall  go  into  effect in that district only upon
31    expiration  of  that  agreement.   Thereafter,   collectively
32    bargained  evaluation  plans  shall  at  a  minimum  meet the
33    standards  of  this  Article.  If  such  a  district  has  an
34    evaluation plan, however, whether pursuant to the  collective
                            -139-          LRB9002549THgcam01
 1    bargaining  agreement or otherwise, a copy of that plan shall
 2    be submitted to the State Board of Education for  review  and
 3    comment, in accordance with Section 24A-4.
 4        Nothing  in this Section shall be construed as preventing
 5    immediate dismissal of a teacher for deficiencies  which  are
 6    deemed  irremediable or for actions which are injurious to or
 7    endanger the health or person of students in the classroom or
 8    school. Failure to strictly comply with the time requirements
 9    contained in Section 24A-5 shall not invalidate  the  results
10    of the remediation plan.
11    (Source: P.A. 89-15, eff. 5-30-95.)
12        (105 ILCS 5/27A-2)
13        Sec. 27A-2. Legislative declaration.
14        (a)  The General Assembly finds and declares as follows:
15             (1)  Encouraging  educational  excellence  is in the
16        best interests of the people of this State.
17             (2)  There are  educators,  community  members,  and
18        parents in Illinois who can offer flexible and innovative
19        educational  techniques  and  programs,  but  who lack an
20        avenue through which to provide them  within  the  public
21        school system.
22             (3)  The   enactment   of   legislation  authorizing
23        charter schools to operate in Illinois will  promote  new
24        options  within the public school system and will provide
25        pupils, educators, community members,  and  parents  with
26        the stimulus to strive for educational excellence.
27        (b)  The General Assembly further finds and declares that
28    this Article is enacted for the following purposes:
29             (1)  To  improve  pupil learning by creating schools
30        with high, rigorous standards for pupil performance.
31             (2)  To  increase  learning  opportunities  for  all
32        pupils,  with  special  emphasis  on  expanded   learning
33        experiences for at-risk pupils, consistent, however, with
                            -140-          LRB9002549THgcam01
 1        an  equal  commitment  to increase learning opportunities
 2        for all other groups of pupils in a manner that does  not
 3        discriminate  on  the  basis  of disability, race, creed,
 4        color,  gender,  national  origin,  religion,   ancestry,
 5        marital status, or need for special education services.
 6             (3)  To  encourage  the  use  of innovative teaching
 7        methods that may  be  different  in  some  respects  than
 8        others regularly used in the public school system.
 9             (4)  To  allow the development of new, different, or
10        alternative innovative forms of measuring pupil  learning
11        and achievement.
12             (5)  To  create  new  professional opportunities for
13        teachers, including the opportunity to be responsible for
14        the learning program at the school site.
15             (6)  To provide parents  and  pupils  with  expanded
16        choices within the public school system.
17             (7)  To encourage parental and community involvement
18        with public schools.
19             (8)  To hold charter schools accountable for meeting
20        rigorous  school  content  standards and to provide those
21        schools with the opportunity to improve accountability.
22        (c)  In authorizing charter schools, it is the intent  of
23    the  General  Assembly  to  create  a  legitimate  avenue for
24    parents, teachers, and community members to take  responsible
25    risks  and  create new, innovative, and more flexible ways of
26    educating children within  the  public  school  system.   The
27    General  Assembly  seeks  to  create opportunities within the
28    public  school  system  of  Illinois   for   development   of
29    innovative   and   accountable  teaching  techniques.     The
30    provisions of this Article should be interpreted liberally to
31    support the findings and goals of this Section and to advance
32    a renewed commitment by the State of Illinois to the mission,
33    goals, and diversity of public education.
34    (Source: P.A. 89-450, eff. 4-10-96.)
                            -141-          LRB9002549THgcam01
 1        (105 ILCS 5/27A-7)
 2        Sec. 27A-7.  Charter submission.
 3        (a)  A proposal to establish a charter  school  shall  be
 4    submitted  to  the  State Board and the local school board in
 5    the form of a proposed  contract  entered  into  between  the
 6    local  school  board  and  the  governing  body of a proposed
 7    charter school.  The charter school proposal as submitted  to
 8    the State Board shall include:
 9             (1)  The  name of the proposed charter school, which
10        must include the words "Charter School".
11             (2)  The age or grade range, areas of focus, minimum
12        and maximum numbers of  pupils  to  be  enrolled  in  the
13        charter  school,  and  any  other admission criteria that
14        would be legal if used by a school district.
15             (3)  A description of and address for  the  physical
16        plant  in  which  the  charter  school  will  be located;
17        provided that nothing in the Article shall be  deemed  to
18        justify  delaying  or  withholding favorable action on or
19        approval  of  a  charter  school  proposal  because   the
20        building  or  buildings in which the charter school is to
21        be located have not been acquired or rented at the time a
22        charter school proposal is submitted  or  approved  or  a
23        charter  school contract is entered into or submitted for
24        certification or certified, so long as  the  proposal  or
25        submission identifies and names at least 2 sites that are
26        potentially available as a charter school facility by the
27        time the charter school is to open.
28             (4)  The  mission  statement  of the charter school,
29        which must be  consistent  with  the  General  Assembly's
30        declared  purposes; provided that nothing in this Article
31        shall be construed to require that, in order  to  receive
32        favorable  consideration  and  approval, a charter school
33        proposal  demonstrate  unequivocally  that  the   charter
34        school  will  be  able  to  meet  each  of those declared
                            -142-          LRB9002549THgcam01
 1        purposes, it being the intention of the  Charter  Schools
 2        Law  that  those  purposes  be  recognized  as goals that
 3        charter schools must aspire to attain.
 4             (5)  The goals, objectives,  and  pupil  performance
 5        standards to be achieved by the charter school.
 6             (6)  In  the  case  of  a  proposal  to  establish a
 7        charter school by converting an existing public school or
 8        attendance center to charter school status, evidence that
 9        the proposed formation of the charter school has received
10        the required approval of from  certified  teachers,  from
11        parents  and  guardians, and, if applicable, from a local
12        school council as provided in subsection (b)  of  Section
13        27A-8.
14             (7)  A   description   of   the   charter   school's
15        educational   program,   pupil   performance   standards,
16        curriculum,  school  year,  school  days,  and  hours  of
17        operation.
18             (8)  A  description of the charter school's plan for
19        evaluating pupil performance, the  types  of  assessments
20        that  will  be  used  to  measure  pupil progress towards
21        achievement of the school's pupil performance  standards,
22        the  timeline for achievement of those standards, and the
23        procedures for taking corrective action in the event that
24        pupil performance at the charter school falls below those
25        standards.
26             (9)  Evidence that  the  terms  of  the  charter  as
27        proposed  are  economically  sound  for  both the charter
28        school and the school district, a proposed budget for the
29        term of the charter, a description of the manner in which
30        an annual  audit  of  the  financial  and  administrative
31        operations  of the charter school, including any services
32        provided by the school district, are to be conducted, and
33        a plan for the  displacement  of  pupils,  teachers,  and
34        other employees who will not attend or be employed in the
                            -143-          LRB9002549THgcam01
 1        charter school.
 2             (10)  A  description of the governance and operation
 3        of the charter school, including the nature and extent of
 4        parental,   professional    educator,    and    community
 5        involvement  in  the  governance  and  operation  of  the
 6        charter school.
 7             (11)  An  explanation  of the relationship that will
 8        exist between  the  charter  school  and  its  employees,
 9        including  evidence  that  the  terms  and  conditions of
10        employment have been addressed  with  affected  employees
11        and  their recognized representative, if any.  However, a
12        bargaining unit of  charter  school  employees  shall  be
13        separate  and  distinct  from any bargaining units formed
14        from employees of a school district in which the  charter
15        school is located.
16             (12)  An  agreement  between  the  parties regarding
17        their respective legal liability and applicable insurance
18        coverage.
19             (13)  A description of how the charter school  plans
20        to  meet  the  transportation needs of its pupils,  and a
21        plan  for  addressing   the   transportation   needs   of
22        low-income and at-risk pupils.
23             (14)  The  proposed  effective  date and term of the
24        charter;  provided  that  the  first  day  of  the  first
25        academic year and the first day of the fiscal year  shall
26        be  no earlier than August 15 and no later than September
27        15 of  a  calendar  year  of  the  charter  school  shall
28        coincide  with the first day of the academic year and the
29        first  day  of  the  fiscal  year  of  the  local  school
30        district.
31             (15)  Any other information reasonably  required  by
32        the State Board of Education.
33        (b)  A  proposal  to  establish  a  charter school may be
34    initiated by individuals  or  organizations  that  will  have
                            -144-          LRB9002549THgcam01
 1    majority  representation  on  the board of directors or other
 2    governing body of the corporation  or  other  discrete  legal
 3    entity  that  is  to  be  established to operate the proposed
 4    charter school,  or  by  the  board  of  directors  or  other
 5    governing body of a discrete legal entity already existing or
 6    established  to  operate  the  proposed  charter school.  The
 7    individuals or organizations referred to in  this  subsection
 8    may  be  school teachers, school administrators, local school
 9    councils, colleges or universities or their faculty  members,
10    public  community  colleges  or  their  instructors  or other
11    representatives, corporations, or  other  entities  or  their
12    representatives.   The  proposal  shall  be  submitted to the
13    local school board for consideration and, if appropriate, for
14    development of a proposed contract to  be  submitted  to  the
15    State Board  for certification under Section 27A-6.
16        (c)  The  local  school board may not without the consent
17    of the governing body of the  charter  school  condition  its
18    approval  of  a  charter  school proposal on acceptance of an
19    agreement to operate under State  laws  and  regulations  and
20    local  school board policies from which the charter school is
21    otherwise exempted under this Article.
22    (Source: P.A. 89-450, eff. 4-10-96.)
23        (105 ILCS 5/27A-8)
24        Sec. 27A-8.  Evaluation of charter proposals.
25        (a)  In evaluating any charter school proposal  submitted
26    to  it,  the  local  school  board  shall  give preference to
27    proposals that:
28             (1)  demonstrate  a  high  level  of  local   pupil,
29        parental,   community,  business,  and  school  personnel
30        support;
31             (2)  set   rigorous   levels   of   expected   pupil
32        achievement and demonstrate feasible plans for  attaining
33        those levels of achievement; and
                            -145-          LRB9002549THgcam01
 1             (3)  are  designed to enroll and serve a substantial
 2        proportion of at-risk children; provided that nothing  in
 3        the Charter Schools Law shall be construed as intended to
 4        limit  the establishment of charter schools to those that
 5        serve a substantial portion of at-risk children or to  in
 6        any   manner   restrict,   limit,   or   discourage   the
 7        establishment  of  charter  schools that enroll and serve
 8        other   pupil   populations   under    a    nonexclusive,
 9        nondiscriminatory admissions policy.
10        (b)  In  the  case  of  a proposal to establish a charter
11    school by converting an existing public school or  attendance
12    center  to  charter school status, evidence that the proposed
13    formation of the charter school has received majority support
14    from certified teachers and from parents and guardians in the
15    school or attendance center affected by the proposed charter,
16    and, if applicable, from a local  school  council,  shall  be
17    demonstrated  by  a petition in support of the charter school
18    signed by certified teachers and a petition in support of the
19    charter school  signed  by  parents  and  guardians  and,  if
20    applicable,  by  a vote of the local school council held at a
21    public meeting.  In  the  case  of  all  other  proposals  to
22    establish a charter school, evidence of sufficient support to
23    fill  the number of pupil seats set forth in the proposal may
24    shall be demonstrated by a petition in support of the charter
25    school signed by parents and guardians of  students  eligible
26    to  attend the charter school. In all cases, the individuals,
27    organizations, or  entities  who  initiate  the  proposal  to
28    establish  a  charter  school may elect, in lieu of including
29    any petition referred to in this subsection as a part of  the
30    proposal  submitted to the local school board, to demonstrate
31    that the charter school has received the support referred  to
32    in   this   subsection  by  other  evidence  and  information
33    presented at the public meeting that the local  school  board
34    is required to convene under this Section.
                            -146-          LRB9002549THgcam01
 1        (c)  Within  45  days  of  receipt  of  a  charter school
 2    proposal, the local  school  board  shall  convene  a  public
 3    meeting  to  obtain  information  to  assist the board in its
 4    decision to grant or deny the charter school proposal.
 5        (d)  Notice  of  the  public  meeting  required  by  this
 6    Section shall be published in a community newspaper published
 7    in the school district  in  which  the  proposed  charter  is
 8    located  and,  if  there  is  no  such  newspaper,  then in a
 9    newspaper published in the county and having  circulation  in
10    the school district.  The notices shall be published not more
11    than  10  days  nor  less  than 5 days before the meeting and
12    shall state  that  information  regarding  a  charter  school
13    proposal  will be heard at the meeting.  Copies of the notice
14    shall also be posted at appropriate locations in  the  school
15    or  attendance center proposed to be established as a charter
16    school, the public schools in the school  district,  and  the
17    local school board office.
18        (e)  Within  30  days  of  the  public meeting, the local
19    school board shall vote, in a public meeting, to either grant
20    or deny the charter school proposal.
21        (f)  Within 7 days of the public meeting  required  under
22    subsection  (e),  the  local school board shall file a report
23    with to the State Board granting or  denying  the  whether  a
24    proposal  has  been  granted  or  denied.  Within  14 days of
25    receipt of the local school board's report, the  State  Board
26    shall  determine  whether  the  approved  charter proposal is
27    consistent with the provisions of this Article  and,  if  the
28    approved  proposal complies, certify the proposal pursuant to
29    Section 27A-6.
30    (Source: P.A. 89-450, eff. 4-10-96.)
31        (105 ILCS 5/27A-9)
32        Sec. 27A-9. Term of charter; renewal.
33        (a)  A charter may be granted for a period not less  than
                            -147-          LRB9002549THgcam01
 1    3 and not more than 5 school years.  A charter may be renewed
 2    in incremental periods not to exceed 5 school years.
 3        (b)  A  charter  school renewal proposal submitted to the
 4    local school board shall contain:
 5             (1)  A report on the progress of the charter  school
 6        in  achieving  the  goals,  objectives, pupil performance
 7        standards, content standards,  and  other  terms  of  the
 8        initial approved charter proposal; and
 9             (2)  A  financial statement that discloses the costs
10        of  administration,  instruction,  and   other   spending
11        categories  for the charter school that is understandable
12        to the general public and that will allow  comparison  of
13        those   costs   to  other  schools  or  other  comparable
14        organizations, in a format required by the State Board.
15        (c)  A charter may be revoked or not renewed if the local
16    school board clearly demonstrates determines that the charter
17    school did any of  the  following,  or  otherwise  failed  to
18    comply with the requirements of this law for other good cause
19    shown:
20             (1)  Committed  a  material  violation of any of the
21        conditions, standards, or procedures  set  forth  in  the
22        charter.
23             (2)  Failed  to  meet  or  make  reasonable progress
24        toward achievement of  the  content  standards  or  pupil
25        performance standards identified in the charter.
26             (3)  Failed  to meet generally accepted standards of
27        fiscal management.
28             (4)  Violated any provision of law  from  which  the
29        charter school was not exempted.
30        (d)  (Blank).  In  addition, a charter may not be renewed
31    if the local school board determines that it is  not  in  the
32    interest of the pupils residing within the school district or
33    service area to continue the operation of the charter school.
34        (e)  Notice  of  a local school board's decision to deny,
                            -148-          LRB9002549THgcam01
 1    revoke or not to renew a charter shall  be  provided  to  the
 2    State  Board.  The  State  Board  may reverse a local board's
 3    decision if the State Board finds that the charter school  or
 4    charter  school  proposal  (i)  is  in  compliance  with this
 5    Article, and (ii) is in the best interests of the students it
 6    is designed to serve. Final  decisions  of  the  State  Board
 7    shall  be subject to judicial review under the Administrative
 8    Review Law.
 9        (f)  Notwithstanding other provisions of this Article, if
10    the State Board on appeal reverses a local board's  decision,
11    the State Board shall act as the authorized chartering entity
12    for  the  charter  school.  The State Board shall approve and
13    certify the charter and shall  perform  all  functions  under
14    this  Article  otherwise performed by the local school board.
15    The State Board shall report the aggregate number of  charter
16    school  pupils resident in a school district to that district
17    and shall notify the district of the amount of funding to  be
18    paid  by the State Board to the charter school enrolling such
19    students.   The  State  Board  shall  withhold   from   funds
20    otherwise  due  the  district  the  funds  authorized by this
21    Article to be paid to the charter school and shall  pay  such
22    amounts to the charter school.
23    (Source: P.A. 89-450, eff. 4-10-96.)
24        (105 ILCS 5/27A-11)
25        Sec. 27A-11.  Financing.
26        (a)  For  purposes of the School Code, pupils enrolled in
27    a charter school shall be included in the pupil enrollment of
28    the school district within which  the  pupil  resides.   Each
29    charter  school  (i)  shall  determine the school district in
30    which each pupil  who  is  enrolled  in  the  charter  school
31    resides, and (ii) shall report the aggregate number of pupils
32    resident of a school district who are enrolled in the charter
33    school  to  the school district in which those pupils reside,
                            -149-          LRB9002549THgcam01
 1    and (iii) shall maintain accurate records of daily attendance
 2    that shall be deemed sufficient to file claims under  Section
 3    18-8  notwithstanding  any other requirements of that Section
 4    regarding hours of instruction and teacher certification.
 5        (b)  As part of a charter school  contract,  the  charter
 6    school  and the local school board shall agree on funding and
 7    any services to be provided by the  school  district  to  the
 8    charter  school.  Agreed  funding that a charter school is to
 9    receive from the local school board for a school  year  shall
10    be  paid  in equal quarterly installments with the payment of
11    the installment for the first quarter being  made  not  later
12    than  July  1,  unless  the  charter  establishes a different
13    payment schedule.
14        All services  centrally  or  otherwise  provided  by  the
15    school district including, but not limited to, food services,
16    custodial  services, maintenance, curriculum, media services,
17    libraries, transportation, and warehousing shall  be  subject
18    to  negotiation between a charter school and the local school
19    board and paid for out of the revenues negotiated pursuant to
20    this subsection (b); provided that  the  local  school  board
21    shall not attempt, by negotiation or otherwise, to obligate a
22    charter school to provide pupil transportation for pupils for
23    whom  a  district  is  not required to provide transportation
24    under the criteria set forth in subsection (a)(13) of Section
25    27A-7.
26        In no event shall the funding be less  than  75%  95%  or
27    more  than  125%  105%  of  the  school district's per capita
28    student tuition multiplied by the number of students residing
29    in the district who are enrolled in the charter school.
30        It is the intent of the General Assembly that funding and
31    service agreements under this subsection (b) shall be neither
32    a financial incentive nor a  financial  disincentive  to  the
33    establishment of a charter school.
34        Fees collected from students enrolled at a charter school
                            -150-          LRB9002549THgcam01
 1    shall be retained by the charter school.
 2        (c)  Notwithstanding  subsection (b) of this Section, the
 3    proportionate share of State and federal resources  generated
 4    by  students with disabilities or staff serving them shall be
 5    directed to charter schools enrolling those students by their
 6    school districts or administrative units.  The  proportionate
 7    share  of  moneys  generated  under  other  federal  or State
 8    categorical aid programs shall be directed to charter schools
 9    serving students eligible for that aid.
10        (d)(1)  The  governing  body  of  a  charter  school   is
11    authorized  to accept gifts, donations, or grants of any kind
12    made to the charter  school  and  to  expend  or  use  gifts,
13    donations,  or  grants  in  accordance  with  the  conditions
14    prescribed  by the donor; however, a gift, donation, or grant
15    may not be accepted by the governing body if it is subject to
16    any condition contrary to applicable law or contrary  to  the
17    terms  of  the  contract  between  the charter school and the
18    local school board.  Charter schools shall be  encouraged  to
19    solicit  and  utilize  community volunteer speakers and other
20    instructional resources when  providing  instruction  on  the
21    Holocaust and other historical events.
22        (2)  From  amounts  appropriated  to  the State Board for
23    purposes of this subsection (d)(2), the State Board may  make
24    loans to charter schools established under this Article to be
25    used  by  those  schools  to  defer  their  start-up costs of
26    acquiring  textbooks  and  laboratory  and  other   equipment
27    required for student instruction. Any such loan shall be made
28    to  a  charter  school  at  the  inception of the term of its
29    charter, under terms established  by  the  State  Board,  and
30    shall  be  repaid  by the charter school over the term of its
31    charter.
32        (e)  No later than January 1, 1997, the State Board shall
33    issue a report to  the  General  Assembly  and  the  Governor
34    describing  the charter schools certified under this Article,
                            -151-          LRB9002549THgcam01
 1    their geographic locations, their areas  of  focus,  and  the
 2    numbers of school children served by them.
 3        (f)  The  State  Board shall provide technical assistance
 4    to  persons  and  groups  preparing   or   revising   charter
 5    applications.
 6        (g)  At  the  non-renewal  or  revocation of its charter,
 7    each charter school  shall  refund  to  the  local  board  of
 8    education all unspent funds.
 9        (h)  A  charter  school is authorized to incur temporary,
10    short term debt to pay operating expenses in anticipation  of
11    receipt of funds from the local school board.
12    (Source: P.A. 89-450, eff. 4-10-96.)
13        (105 ILCS 5/34-8.4)
14        Sec. 34-8.4.  Intervention.  The Chicago Schools Academic
15    Accountability  Council  may  recommend to the Chicago School
16    Reform  Board  of  Trustees  that  any   school   placed   on
17    remediation or probation under Section 34-8.3 or schools that
18    for  the  3 consecutive school years of 1992-1993, 1993-1994,
19    and  1994-1995  have  met  the  State  Board  of  Education's
20    category of "does not meet expectations" be made  subject  to
21    intervention  under  this Section 34-8.4.  In addition to any
22    powers created under this Section, the  Trustees  shall  have
23    all  powers  created  under  Section  34-8.3  with respect to
24    schools subjected to intervention.
25        Prior  to  subjecting  a  school  to  intervention,   the
26    Trustees  shall conduct a public hearing and make findings of
27    facts concerning the recommendation of  the  Chicago  Schools
28    Academic  Accountability  Council and the factors causing the
29    failure of the school to adequately  perform.   The  Trustees
30    shall  afford  an  opportunity  at the hearing for interested
31    persons to comment  about  the  intervention  recommendation.
32    After the hearing has been held and completion of findings of
33    fact,  the  Trustees  shall  make  a determination whether to
                            -152-          LRB9002549THgcam01
 1    subject the school to intervention.
 2        If the Trustees determine that a school shall be  subject
 3    to  intervention  under  this  Section,  the  Trustees  shall
 4    develop an intervention implementation plan and shall cause a
 5    performance  evaluation  to  be  made of each employee at the
 6    school.   Upon  consideration  of   such   evaluations,   and
 7    consistent  with  the  intervention  implementation plan, the
 8    Trustees may reassign, layoff, or dismiss  any  employees  at
 9    the  attendance  center,  notwithstanding  the  provisions of
10    Sections 24A-5 and 34-85.
11        The chief educational officer shall appoint  a  principal
12    for  the school and shall set the terms and conditions of the
13    principal's contract, which in no case may be longer  than  2
14    years.    The   principal   shall  select  all  teachers  and
15    non-certified personnel for the school as may  be  necessary.
16    Any  provision  of  Section  34-8.1  that conflicts with this
17    Section shall not apply to a school subjected to intervention
18    under this Section.
19        If pursuant to this Section, the general  superintendent,
20    with  the  approval  of  the  board,  orders new local school
21    council elections, the general superintendent shall carry out
22    the responsibilities of the local school council for a school
23    subject to intervention until the new  local  school  council
24    members are elected and trained.
25        Each  school  year,  5% of the supplemental general State
26    aid Chapter 1  funds  distributed  to  a  school  subject  to
27    intervention   during   that  school  year  under  subsection
28    5(i)(1)(a) of part A of Section 18-8  or  subsection  (H)  of
29    Section  18-8.05  shall  be  used  for  employee  performance
30    incentives.    The Trustees shall prepare a report evaluating
31    the results of any interventions undertaken pursuant to  this
32    Section    and    shall   make   recommendations   concerning
33    implementation  of  special   programs   for   dealing   with
34    underperforming  schools  on  an  ongoing basis.  This report
                            -153-          LRB9002549THgcam01
 1    shall be submitted to the State Superintendent  of  Education
 2    and Mayor of the City of Chicago by January 1, 1999.
 3    (Source: P.A. 89-15, eff. 5-30-95; 89-698, eff. 1-14-97.)
 4        (105 ILCS 5/34-18) (from Ch. 122, par. 34-18)
 5        Sec.  34-18.   Powers  of  the  board.   The  board shall
 6    exercise general supervision and jurisdiction over the public
 7    education and the public school  system  of  the  city,  and,
 8    except  as  otherwise  provided  by  this Article, shall have
 9    power:
10             1.  To make suitable provision for the establishment
11        and maintenance throughout the year or for  such  portion
12        thereof  as  it  may  direct,  not less than 9 months, of
13        schools  of  all  grades  and  kinds,  including   normal
14        schools,   high   schools,  night  schools,  schools  for
15        defectives and delinquents, parental and truant  schools,
16        schools for the blind, the deaf and the crippled, schools
17        or   classes   in   manual  training,  constructural  and
18        vocational teaching, domestic arts and physical  culture,
19        vocation  and  extension schools and lecture courses, and
20        all other educational courses and  facilities,  including
21        establishing,   equipping,   maintaining   and  operating
22        playgrounds and recreational programs, when such programs
23        are conducted in, adjacent  to,  or  connected  with  any
24        public   school   under   the   general  supervision  and
25        jurisdiction of the board;  provided,  however,  that  in
26        allocating  funds  from year to year for the operation of
27        all attendance centers within  the  district,  the  board
28        shall  ensure that supplemental general State aid Chapter
29        1 funds are allocated  and  applied  in  accordance  with
30        Section 18-8 or 18-8.05. To admit to such schools without
31        charge  foreign exchange students who are participants in
32        an organized exchange student program which is authorized
33        by the board. The board  shall  permit  all  students  to
                            -154-          LRB9002549THgcam01
 1        enroll   in  apprenticeship  programs  in  trade  schools
 2        operated  by  the  board,  whether  those  programs   are
 3        union-sponsored or not.   No  student  shall  be  refused
 4        admission   into  or  be  excluded  from  any  course  of
 5        instruction offered in the common schools  by  reason  of
 6        that  student's  sex.   No  student shall be denied equal
 7        access to physical education and interscholastic athletic
 8        programs supported from school district funds  or  denied
 9        participation   in   comparable  physical  education  and
10        athletic programs solely by reason of the student's  sex.
11        Equal  access  to programs supported from school district
12        funds and comparable programs will be  defined  in  rules
13        promulgated   by   the   State   Board  of  Education  in
14        consultation with the Illinois High  School  Association.
15        Notwithstanding  any  other  provision  of  this Article,
16        neither the board  of  education  nor  any  local  school
17        council  or  other  school  official shall recommend that
18        children  with  disabilities  be  placed   into   regular
19        education   classrooms   unless   those   children   with
20        disabilities  are provided with supplementary services to
21        assist  them  so  that  they  benefit  from  the  regular
22        classroom instruction and are included on  the  teacher's
23        regular education class register;
24             2.  To   furnish   lunches  to  pupils,  to  make  a
25        reasonable charge therefor, and to use school  funds  for
26        the  payment  of such expenses as the board may determine
27        are necessary in conducting the school lunch program;
28             3.  To co-operate with the circuit court;
29             4.  To  make  arrangements  with   the   public   or
30        quasi-public  libraries  and museums for the use of their
31        facilities by teachers and pupils of the public schools;
32             5.  To employ dentists and  prescribe  their  duties
33        for  the  purpose  of treating the pupils in the schools,
34        but accepting  such  treatment  shall  be  optional  with
                            -155-          LRB9002549THgcam01
 1        parents or guardians;
 2             6.  To   grant   the   use  of  assembly  halls  and
 3        classrooms when not otherwise  needed,  including  light,
 4        heat, and attendants, for free public lectures, concerts,
 5        and  other  educational  and  social  interests,  free of
 6        charge,  under  such  provisions  and  control   as   the
 7        principal   of   the   affected   attendance  center  may
 8        prescribe;
 9             7.  To apportion the pupils to the several  schools;
10        provided   that  no  pupil  shall  be  excluded  from  or
11        segregated in any such school on account  of  his  color,
12        race,  sex,  or  nationality.  The  board shall take into
13        consideration  the  prevention  of  segregation  and  the
14        elimination of separation of children in  public  schools
15        because  of color, race, sex, or nationality. Except that
16        children may be  committed  to  or  attend  parental  and
17        social  adjustment  schools  established  and  maintained
18        either for boys or girls only.  All records pertaining to
19        the  creation, alteration or revision of attendance areas
20        shall be open to the public.  Nothing herein shall  limit
21        the  board's authority to establish multi-area attendance
22        centers  or  other   student   assignment   systems   for
23        desegregation purposes or otherwise, and to apportion the
24        pupils to the several schools.  Furthermore, beginning in
25        school  year 1994-95, pursuant to a board plan adopted by
26        October 1, 1993, the board shall offer, commencing  on  a
27        phased-in  basis, the opportunity for families within the
28        school district to apply for enrollment of their children
29        in any attendance center within the school district which
30        does not have selective admission  requirements  approved
31        by the board.  The appropriate geographical area in which
32        such open enrollment may be exercised shall be determined
33        by the board of education.  Such children may be admitted
34        to  any such attendance center on a space available basis
                            -156-          LRB9002549THgcam01
 1        after  all  children  residing  within  such   attendance
 2        center's  area  have been accommodated.  If the number of
 3        applicants from outside the attendance  area  exceed  the
 4        space  available,  then  successful  applicants  shall be
 5        selected by  lottery.   The  board  of  education's  open
 6        enrollment  plan  must  include provisions that allow low
 7        income students to have access to  transportation  needed
 8        to  exercise  school choice.  Open enrollment shall be in
 9        compliance with the provisions of the Consent Decree  and
10        Desegregation Plan cited in Section 34-1.01.
11             8.  To  approve  programs and policies for providing
12        transportation services to students. Nothing herein shall
13        be construed to permit or  empower  the  State  Board  of
14        Education  to  order, mandate, or require busing or other
15        transportation of pupils for  the  purpose  of  achieving
16        racial balance in any school;
17             9.  Subject  to  the limitations in this Article, to
18        establish and approve system-wide  curriculum  objectives
19        and  standards,  including  graduation  standards,  which
20        reflect  the multi-cultural diversity in the city and are
21        consistent with State law, provided that for all purposes
22        of this Article courses or proficiency in  American  Sign
23        Language   shall  be  deemed  to  constitute  courses  or
24        proficiency  in  a  foreign  language;  and   to   employ
25        principals  and  teachers,  appointed as provided in this
26        Article, and fix their  compensation.   The  board  shall
27        prepare   such  reports  related  to  minimal  competency
28        testing as  may  be  requested  by  the  State  Board  of
29        Education,  and  in  addition  shall  monitor and approve
30        special education and bilingual  education  programs  and
31        policies  within  the district to assure that appropriate
32        services are provided in accordance with applicable State
33        and federal  laws  to  children  requiring  services  and
34        education in those areas;
                            -157-          LRB9002549THgcam01
 1             10.  To  employ  non-teaching  personnel  or utilize
 2        volunteer personnel  for:  (i)  non-teaching  duties  not
 3        requiring instructional judgment or evaluation of pupils,
 4        including  library  duties;  and  (ii)  supervising study
 5        halls,  long  distance  teaching  reception  areas   used
 6        incident   to   instructional   programs  transmitted  by
 7        electronic media such as  computers,  video,  and  audio,
 8        detention  and  discipline  areas,  and  school-sponsored
 9        extracurricular activities. The board may further utilize
10        volunteer    non-certificated    personnel    or   employ
11        non-certificated personnel to assist in  the  instruction
12        of  pupils  under  the immediate supervision of a teacher
13        holding a valid certificate, directly engaged in teaching
14        subject matter or conducting  activities;  provided  that
15        the   teacher   shall   be   continuously  aware  of  the
16        non-certificated persons' activities and shall be able to
17        control or modify them. The general superintendent  shall
18        determine  qualifications  of  such  personnel  and shall
19        prescribe rules for determining the duties and activities
20        to be assigned to such personnel;
21             11.  To provide television studio facilities in  not
22        to exceed one school building and to provide programs for
23        educational  purposes,  provided, however, that the board
24        shall not construct,  acquire,  operate,  or  maintain  a
25        television  transmitter;  to  grant the use of its studio
26        facilities to a licensed television  station  located  in
27        the  school  district; and to maintain and operate not to
28        exceed one school radio transmitting station and  provide
29        programs for educational purposes;
30             12.  To   offer,   if  deemed  appropriate,  outdoor
31        education courses, including field trips within the State
32        of Illinois,  or  adjacent  states,  and  to  use  school
33        educational  funds  for  the  expense of the said outdoor
34        educational programs, whether within the school  district
                            -158-          LRB9002549THgcam01
 1        or not;
 2             13.  During  that  period  of  the calendar year not
 3        embraced within the regular school term, to  provide  and
 4        conduct  courses  in subject matters normally embraced in
 5        the program of the schools during the regular school term
 6        and  to  give  regular  school  credit  for  satisfactory
 7        completion by the student  of  such  courses  as  may  be
 8        approved for credit by the State Board of Education;
 9             14.  To  insure against any loss or liability of the
10        board, the former  School  Board  Nominating  Commission,
11        Local  School  Councils,  the  Chicago  Schools  Academic
12        Accountability   Council,   or   the  former  Subdistrict
13        Councils or of any member,  officer,  agent  or  employee
14        thereof,  resulting  from  alleged  violations  of  civil
15        rights  arising  from  incidents  occurring  on  or after
16        September 5, 1967 or from the wrongful or  negligent  act
17        or  omission  of any such person whether occurring within
18        or without the school  premises,  provided  the  officer,
19        agent  or  employee  was,  at  the  time  of  the alleged
20        violation of civil rights or wrongful  act  or  omission,
21        acting  within  the  scope  of  his  employment  or under
22        direction  of  the  board,  the   former   School   Board
23        Nominating   Commission,  the  Chicago  Schools  Academic
24        Accountability Council, Local  School  Councils,  or  the
25        former  Subdistrict  Councils;  and  to  provide  for  or
26        participate  in  insurance  plans  for  its  officers and
27        employees,  including  but  not  limited  to   retirement
28        annuities, medical, surgical and hospitalization benefits
29        in  such  types  and  amounts as may be determined by the
30        board; provided, however, that the board  shall  contract
31        for   such  insurance  only  with  an  insurance  company
32        authorized to do business in this State.  Such  insurance
33        may include provision for employees who rely on treatment
34        by  prayer  or  spiritual  means  alone  for  healing, in
                            -159-          LRB9002549THgcam01
 1        accordance with the tenets and practice of  a  recognized
 2        religious denomination;
 3             15.  To  contract  with the corporate authorities of
 4        any municipality or the county board of  any  county,  as
 5        the case may be, to provide for the regulation of traffic
 6        in parking areas of property used for school purposes, in
 7        such  manner  as  is  provided  by  Section 11-209 of The
 8        Illinois Vehicle Code, approved September  29,  1969,  as
 9        amended;
10             16.  To  provide,  on  an equal basis, access to the
11        school campus to the official recruiting  representatives
12        of the armed forces of Illinois and the United States for
13        the purposes of informing students of the educational and
14        career  opportunities  available  in  the military if the
15        board has provided such access to persons or groups whose
16        purpose is  to  acquaint  students  with  educational  or
17        occupational  opportunities available to them.  The board
18        is not required to  give  greater  notice  regarding  the
19        right  of  access  to  recruiting representatives than is
20        given to other persons and groups;
21             17. (a)  To sell  or  market  any  computer  program
22        developed by an employee of the school district, provided
23        that  such  employee  developed the computer program as a
24        direct result of  his  or  her  duties  with  the  school
25        district   or  through  the  utilization  of  the  school
26        district resources  or  facilities.    The  employee  who
27        developed the computer program shall be entitled to share
28        in the proceeds of such sale or marketing of the computer
29        program.   The  distribution of such proceeds between the
30        employee and the school district shall be as agreed  upon
31        by  the  employee  and  the  school district, except that
32        neither the employee nor the school district may  receive
33        more  than  90% of such proceeds.  The negotiation for an
34        employee who is represented by  an  exclusive  bargaining
                            -160-          LRB9002549THgcam01
 1        representative   may  be  conducted  by  such  bargaining
 2        representative at the employee's request.
 3             (b)  For the purpose of this paragraph 17:
 4                  (1)  "Computer" means an internally programmed,
 5             general   purpose   digital   device   capable    of
 6             automatically  accepting  data,  processing data and
 7             supplying the results of the operation.
 8                  (2)  "Computer program" means a series of coded
 9             instructions or statements in a form acceptable to a
10             computer, which causes the computer to process  data
11             in order to achieve a certain result.
12                  (3)  "Proceeds"   means  profits  derived  from
13             marketing or sale of a product after  deducting  the
14             expenses of developing and marketing such product;
15             18.  To  delegate  to  the general superintendent of
16        schools,  by  resolution,  the   authority   to   approve
17        contracts and expenditures in amounts of $10,000 or less;
18             19.  Upon  the  written  request  of an employee, to
19        withhold from the compensation of that employee any dues,
20        payments or contributions payable by such employee to any
21        labor organization as defined in the Illinois Educational
22        Labor Relations Act.  Under such arrangement,  an  amount
23        shall  be withheld from each regular payroll period which
24        is equal to the pro rata share of the  annual  dues  plus
25        any  payments  or  contributions,  and  the  board  shall
26        transmit   such   withholdings  to  the  specified  labor
27        organization within 10 working days from the time of  the
28        withholding;
29             19a.  Upon receipt of notice from the comptroller of
30        a  municipality with a population of 500,000 or more that
31        a debt is due and owing the municipality by  an  employee
32        of  the  Chicago  School  Reform  Board  of  Trustees, to
33        withhold, from the compensation  of  that  employee,  the
34        amount  of  the  debt  that  is due and owing and pay the
                            -161-          LRB9002549THgcam01
 1        amount withheld to the municipality;  provided,  however,
 2        that  the  amount  deducted  from  any one salary or wage
 3        payment shall not exceed 25% of the  net  amount  of  the
 4        payment.   Before  the  Board deducts any amount from any
 5        salary or wage of an employee under this  paragraph,  the
 6        municipality  shall  certify  that  the employee has been
 7        afforded an opportunity for a hearing to dispute the debt
 8        that is due and owing the municipality.  For purposes  of
 9        this  paragraph,  "net  amount"  means  that  part of the
10        salary or wage payment remaining after the  deduction  of
11        any  amounts required by law to be deducted and "debt due
12        and owing" means (i) a specified sum of money owed to the
13        municipality for city services, work, or goods, after the
14        period  granted  for  payment  has  expired,  or  (ii)  a
15        specified sum of money owed to the municipality  pursuant
16        to  a  court  order or order of an administrative hearing
17        officer after  the  exhaustion  of,  or  the  failure  to
18        exhaust, judicial review.
19             20.  The  board is encouraged to employ a sufficient
20        number of  certified  school  counselors  to  maintain  a
21        student/counselor  ratio  of  250  to  1 by July 1, 1990.
22        Each counselor shall spend at least 75% of his work  time
23        in  direct  contact  with  students  and shall maintain a
24        record of such time;
25             21.  To make available to  students  vocational  and
26        career  counseling  and  to  establish  5  special career
27        counseling days for students and parents.  On these  days
28        representatives  of local businesses and industries shall
29        be invited to the school campus and shall inform students
30        of career opportunities available to them in the  various
31        businesses  and  industries.  Special consideration shall
32        be given to counseling minority  students  as  to  career
33        opportunities  available  to them in various fields.  For
34        the purposes of this paragraph, minority student means  a
                            -162-          LRB9002549THgcam01
 1        person who is:
 2                  (a)  Black  (a  person having origins in any of
 3             the black racial groups in Africa);
 4                  (b)  Hispanic   (a   person   of   Spanish   or
 5             Portuguese culture with origins in Mexico, South  or
 6             Central   America,   or   the   Caribbean   islands,
 7             regardless of race);
 8                  (c)  Asian American (a person having origins in
 9             any  of  the  original  peoples  of  the  Far  East,
10             Southeast  Asia,  the  Indian  Subcontinent  or  the
11             Pacific Islands); or
12                  (d)  American   Indian  or  Alaskan  Native  (a
13             person having origins in any of the original peoples
14             of North America).
15             Counseling days shall not  be  in  lieu  of  regular
16        school days;
17             22.  To  report  to the State Board of Education the
18        annual student dropout rate and number  of  students  who
19        graduate from, transfer from or otherwise leave bilingual
20        programs;
21             23.  Except  as otherwise provided in the Abused and
22        Neglected Child Reporting Act or other  applicable  State
23        or  federal  law, to permit school officials to withhold,
24        from any person, information on the  whereabouts  of  any
25        child  removed  from  school  premises when the child has
26        been  taken  into  protective  custody  as  a  victim  of
27        suspected child abuse.   School  officials  shall  direct
28        such  person  to  the  Department  of Children and Family
29        Services, or to  the  local  law  enforcement  agency  if
30        appropriate;
31             24.  To develop a policy, based on the current state
32        of  existing  school facilities, projected enrollment and
33        efficient utilization of available resources, for capital
34        improvement of schools and school  buildings  within  the
                            -163-          LRB9002549THgcam01
 1        district,  addressing  in  that  policy both the relative
 2        priority for major repairs, renovations and additions  to
 3        school  facilities,  and the advisability or necessity of
 4        building  new  school  facilities  or  closing   existing
 5        schools to meet current or projected demographic patterns
 6        within the district;
 7             25.  To make available to the students in every high
 8        school  attendance center the ability to take all courses
 9        necessary to comply with the Board of Higher  Education's
10        college entrance criteria effective in 1993;
11             26.  To   encourage   mid-career  changes  into  the
12        teaching  profession,  whereby  qualified   professionals
13        become   certified   teachers,  by  allowing  credit  for
14        professional   employment   in   related   fields    when
15        determining point of entry on teacher pay scale;
16             27.  To  provide  or  contract out training programs
17        for administrative personnel and principals with  revised
18        or  expanded  duties  pursuant  to  this  Act in order to
19        assure they have the  knowledge  and  skills  to  perform
20        their duties;
21             28.  To establish a fund for the prioritized special
22        needs programs, and to allocate such funds and other lump
23        sum  amounts  to  each  attendance  center  in  a  manner
24        consistent  with  the  provisions  of  part  4 of Section
25        34-2.3.  Nothing in this paragraph shall be construed  to
26        require  any additional appropriations of State funds for
27        this purpose;
28             29.  (Blank);
29             30.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Act
30        or any other law to the contrary, to contract with  third
31        parties  for  services  otherwise performed by employees,
32        including those in a bargaining unit, and to layoff those
33        employees upon 14 days written  notice  to  the  affected
34        employees.   Those  contracts  may be for a period not to
                            -164-          LRB9002549THgcam01
 1        exceed 5 years and may be awarded on a system-wide basis;
 2             31.  To  promulgate  rules  establishing  procedures
 3        governing the layoff or reduction in force  of  employees
 4        and  the  recall  of  such  employees, including, but not
 5        limited to, criteria  for  such  layoffs,  reductions  in
 6        force  or  recall rights of such employees and the weight
 7        to be given to any particular criterion.   Such  criteria
 8        shall  take  into  account  factors including, but not be
 9        limited to, qualifications,  certifications,  experience,
10        performance ratings or evaluations, and any other factors
11        relating to an employee's job performance; and
12             32.  To  develop a policy to prevent nepotism in the
13        hiring of personnel or the selection of contractors.
14        The specifications of the powers herein granted  are  not
15    to  be  construed  as  exclusive  but  the  board  shall also
16    exercise all other powers  that  they  may  be  requisite  or
17    proper  for  the  maintenance and the development of a public
18    school system, not inconsistent with the other provisions  of
19    this  Article  or  provisions of this Code which apply to all
20    school districts.
21        In addition to the powers herein granted  and  authorized
22    to  be  exercised  by  the board, it shall be the duty of the
23    board to review or to direct independent reviews  of  special
24    education  expenditures  and services. The board shall file a
25    report of such review with the General Assembly on or  before
26    May 1, 1990.
27    (Source:  P.A.  89-15,  eff.  5-30-95;  89-397, eff. 8-20-95;
28    89-626, eff. 8-9-96; 90-22, eff. 6-20-97.)
29        (105 ILCS 5/34-18.17 new)
30        Sec. 34-18.17.  No pass-no play policy.   Beginning  with
31    the  1998-99  school  year,  the  board  of  education  shall
32    establish,  implement,  and  enforce a uniform and consistent
33    policy under which a student in any of grades  9  through  12
                            -165-          LRB9002549THgcam01
 1    who fails to maintain a specified minimum grade point average
 2    or  a  specified  minimum  grade  in each course in which the
 3    student  is  enrolled  or  both  is  suspended  from  further
 4    participation in  any  school-sponsored  or  school-supported
 5    athletic or extracurricular activities for a specified period
 6    or  until  a specified minimum grade point average or minimum
 7    grade or both are  earned  by  the  student.   The  board  of
 8    education  shall  adopt  a policy as required by this Section
 9    not later than one year after  the  effective  date  of  this
10    amendatory  Act of 1997 and shall concurrently file a copy of
11    that policy with the State Board  of  Education.   After  the
12    policy  has  been  in  effect  for  one  year,  the  board of
13    education shall  file  a  report  with  the  State  Board  of
14    Education  setting forth the number and length of suspensions
15    imposed under the policy during the  period  covered  by  the
16    report.  If  the board of education already has a policy that
17    is consistent with the requirements of this Section in effect
18    on the effective date of this  amendatory  Act  of  1997,  it
19    shall  file  a  copy  of  that policy with the State Board of
20    Education within 90 days after the  effective  date  of  this
21    amendatory  Act  and  shall  file  the annual report required
22    under this Section 12 months thereafter.
23        (105 ILCS 5/34-84) (from Ch. 122, par. 34-84)
24        Sec. 34-84.  Appointments  and  promotions  of  teachers.
25    Appointments  and  promotions  of  teachers shall be made for
26    merit only, and after satisfactory service for a probationary
27    period of 3 years  with  respect  to  probationary  employees
28    employed as full-time teachers in the public school system of
29    the  district before January 1, 1998 and 4 years with respect
30    to probationary employees who are first employed as full-time
31    teachers in the public school system of the  district  on  or
32    after  January  1,  1998  (during  which period the board may
33    dismiss or discharge any such probationary employee upon  the
                            -166-          LRB9002549THgcam01
 1    recommendation,  accompanied by the written reasons therefor,
 2    of the general superintendent  of  schools)  appointments  of
 3    teachers shall become permanent, subject to removal for cause
 4    in the manner provided by Section 34-85.
 5        As  used  in  this Article, "teachers" means and includes
 6    all members of  the  teaching  force  excluding  the  general
 7    superintendent and principals.
 8        There  shall  be  no  reduction  in teachers because of a
 9    decrease  in  student  membership  or  a  change  in  subject
10    requirements within the attendance center organization  after
11    the  20th  day  following  the  first day of the school year,
12    except  that:   (1)  this  provision  shall  not   apply   to
13    desegregation  positions, special education positions, or any
14    other positions funded by State or federal categorical funds,
15    and (2) at attendance centers maintaining  any  of  grades  9
16    through  12,  there  may be a second reduction in teachers on
17    the first day of the second semester of  the  regular  school
18    term  because of a decrease in student membership or a change
19    in  subject  requirements  within   the   attendance   center
20    organization.
21        The school principal shall make the decision in selecting
22    teachers  to  fill  new  and vacant positions consistent with
23    Section 34-8.1.
24    (Source: P.A. 88-338; 88-511; 89-15, eff. 5-30-95.)
25        Section 5-920.  The Illinois Educational Labor  Relations
26    Act is amended by changing Sections 5 and 13 as follows:
27        (115 ILCS 5/5) (from Ch. 48, par. 1705)
28        Sec.  5.   Illinois  Educational  Labor  Relations Board.
29    (a)  There is hereby created the Illinois  Educational  Labor
30    Relations  Board  consisting of 5 3 members, no more than 3 2
31    of whom may be of the same political party, who are residents
32    of Illinois appointed by the Governor  with  the  advice  and
                            -167-          LRB9002549THgcam01
 1    consent  of  the  Senate.  The  Governor shall appoint to the
 2    Board only persons who have had  a  minimum  of  5  years  of
 3    experience directly related to labor and employment relations
 4    in   representing   educational   employers   or  educational
 5    employees in collective  bargaining  matters.  One  appointed
 6    member  shall  be  designated  at  the  time  of  his  or her
 7    appointment to serve  as  chairman.    Of  the  2  additional
 8    members  appointed  pursuant  to this amendatory Act of 1997,
 9    one shall be designated at the time of his or her appointment
10    to serve a term of 6 years and the other shall be  designated
11    at  the  time  of his or her appointment to serve a term of 4
12    years, with each to serve  until  his  or  her  successor  is
13    appointed  and  qualified.  In the event the Senate is not in
14    session at the time the 2 additional  members  are  appointed
15    pursuant  to  this amendatory Act of 1997, the Governor shall
16    make those appointments as temporary appointments  until  the
17    next meeting of the Senate when he shall appoint, by and with
18    the advice and consent of the Senate, 2 persons to fill those
19    memberships  for their unexpired terms.  Initial appointments
20    shall be made within 30 days of the effective  date  of  this
21    Act.   At  the  organizational meeting of the original Board,
22    the members shall determine by lot one member to serve for  a
23    term  of  6 years, one member to serve for a term of 4 years,
24    and one member to serve for a term of 2 years, with  each  to
25    serve until his or her successor is appointed and qualified.
26        (b)  Each  subsequent  member  shall be appointed in like
27    manner for a term of 6 years and until his or  her  successor
28    is  appointed  and  qualified.  Each  member  of the Board is
29    eligible for reappointment.  Vacancies shall be filled in the
30    same manner as original appointments for the balance  of  the
31    unexpired term.
32        (c)  The  chairman  shall be paid $50,000 per year, or an
33    amount set by the Compensation  Review  Board,  whichever  is
34    greater.   Other  members  of  the  Board  shall each be paid
                            -168-          LRB9002549THgcam01
 1    $45,000 per year, or an amount set by the Compensation Review
 2    Board, whichever is  greater.   They  shall  be  entitled  to
 3    reimbursement  for  necessary  traveling  and  other official
 4    expenditures necessitated by their official duties.
 5        (d)  Three Two members of the Board constitute  a  quorum
 6    and a vacancy on the board does not impair the right of the 2
 7    remaining members to exercise all of the powers of the Board.
 8        (e)  Any  member  of  the  Board  may  be  removed by the
 9    Governor, upon notice, for neglect of duty or malfeasance  in
10    office, but for no other cause.
11        (f)  The   Board  may  appoint  or  employ  an  executive
12    director,  attorneys,  hearing  officers,  and   such   other
13    employees  as  it  deems  necessary to perform its functions.
14    The Board shall prescribe the duties  and  qualifications  of
15    such   persons   appointed   and,   subject   to  the  annual
16    appropriation,  fix  their  compensation  and   provide   for
17    reimbursement  of  actual  and necessary expenses incurred in
18    the performance of their duties.
19        (g)  The Board may promulgate rules and regulations which
20    allow  parties  in  proceedings  before  the  Board   to   be
21    represented  by  counsel or any other person knowledgeable in
22    the matters under consideration.
23        (h)  To accomplish the objectives and to  carry  out  the
24    duties  prescribed  by  this  Act,  the  Board  may  subpoena
25    witnesses,  subpoena the production of books, papers, records
26    and documents which may be needed as evidence on  any  matter
27    under inquiry and may administer oaths and affirmations.
28        In  cases of neglect or refusal to obey a subpoena issued
29    to any person, the circuit court in the county in  which  the
30    investigation  or  the  public  hearing is taking place, upon
31    application by the Board, may issue an order  requiring  such
32    person  to  appear before the Board or any member or agent of
33    the Board to produce evidence or give testimony. A failure to
34    obey such order may be punished by  the  court  as  in  civil
                            -169-          LRB9002549THgcam01
 1    contempt.
 2        Any  subpoena,  notice  of  hearing,  or other process or
 3    notice of the Board issued under the provisions of  this  Act
 4    may  be served personally, by registered mail or by leaving a
 5    copy at the principal office of the respondent required to be
 6    served. A return, made and verified by the individual  making
 7    such service and setting forth the manner of such service, is
 8    proof of service. A post office receipt, when registered mail
 9    is  used,  is  proof  of service. All process of any court to
10    which application may be made under the  provisions  of  this
11    Act may be served in the county where the persons required to
12    be served reside or may be found.
13        (i)  The Board shall adopt, promulgate, amend, or rescind
14    rules  and  regulations  in  accordance  with  "The  Illinois
15    Administrative  Procedure  Act", as now or hereafter amended,
16    as it deems necessary and feasible to carry out this Act.
17        (j)  The Board at the end  of  every  State  fiscal  year
18    shall  make  a  report  in  writing  to  the Governor and the
19    General Assembly, stating in detail the work it has  done  in
20    hearing and deciding cases and otherwise.
21    (Source: P.A. 85-1393.)
22        (115 ILCS 5/13) (from Ch. 48, par. 1713)
23        Sec. 13.  Strikes.
24        (a)  Notwithstanding the existence of any other provision
25    in  this  Act or other law, educational employees employed in
26    school districts organized under Article  34  of  the  School
27    Code  shall  not engage in a strike at any time during the 18
28    month period that commences on the  effective  date  of  this
29    amendatory  Act of 1995.  An educational employee employed in
30    a school district organized under Article 34  of  the  School
31    Code  who  participates  in  a  strike  in  violation of this
32    Section  is  subject  to  discipline  by  the  employer.   In
33    addition, no educational employer organized under Article  34
                            -170-          LRB9002549THgcam01
 1    of  the  School  Code  may  pay  or  cause  to  be paid to an
 2    educational  employee  who  participates  in  a   strike   in
 3    violation  of this subsection any wages or other compensation
 4    for  any  period  during  which   an   educational   employee
 5    participates  in the strike, except for wages or compensation
 6    earned before participation in the strike.    Notwithstanding
 7    the  existence  of  any  other provision in this Act or other
 8    law, during the 18-month period that strikes  are  prohibited
 9    under  this  subsection  nothing  in this subsection shall be
10    construed to require an educational employer to submit  to  a
11    binding dispute resolution process.
12        (b)  Notwithstanding the existence of any other provision
13    in  this  Act  or  any other law, educational employees other
14    than those employed in  a  school  district  organized  under
15    Article  34  of  the School Code and, after the expiration of
16    the 18 month period that commences on the effective  date  of
17    this  amendatory  Act  of  1995,  educational  employees in a
18    school district organized under Article 34 of the School Code
19    shall not engage in  a  strike  except  under  the  following
20    conditions:
21             (1)   they   are   represented   by   an   exclusive
22        bargaining representative;
23             (2)   mediation has been used without success;
24             (3)   at least 10 5 days have elapsed after a notice
25        of  intent  to  strike  has  been  given by the exclusive
26        bargaining representative to  the  educational  employer,
27        the  regional superintendent and the Illinois Educational
28        Labor Relations Board.
29             (4)   the collective  bargaining  agreement  between
30        the  educational  employer  and educational employees, if
31        any, has expired; and
32             (5)   the  employer  and  the  exclusive  bargaining
33        representative have not mutually submitted the unresolved
34        issues to arbitration.
                            -171-          LRB9002549THgcam01
 1        If, however, in the opinion of an employer the strike  is
 2    or  has  become  a  clear and present danger to the health or
 3    safety of the  public,  the  employer  may  initiate  in  the
 4    circuit  court  of  the county in which such danger exists an
 5    action for relief which may include, but is not  limited  to,
 6    injunction.   The court may grant appropriate relief upon the
 7    finding that such clear and present danger exists.  An unfair
 8    practice or other evidence of lack  of  clean  hands  by  the
 9    educational  employer is a defense to such action.  Except as
10    provided for in this paragraph, the jurisdiction of the court
11    under this Section is limited by the Labor Dispute Act.
12    (Source: P.A. 89-15, eff. 5-30-95.)
13                             ARTICLE 10
14        Section  10-5.  The  Cigarette  Tax  Act  is  amended  by
15    changing Section 2 as follows:
16        (35 ILCS 130/2) (from Ch. 120, par. 453.2)
17        Sec. 2.  (a) A tax is imposed upon any person engaged  in
18    business  as  a  retailer  of cigarettes in this State at the
19    rate of 5 1/2 mills per cigarette sold, or otherwise disposed
20    of in the course of such business in this State. In  addition
21    to  any  other tax imposed by this Act, a tax is imposed upon
22    any person engaged in business as a retailer of cigarettes in
23    this State at a rate  of  1/2  mill  per  cigarette  sold  or
24    otherwise  disposed of in the course of such business in this
25    State on and after January 1, 1947, and shall  be  paid  into
26    the Metropolitan Fair and Exposition Authority Reconstruction
27    Fund. On and after December 1, 1985, in addition to any other
28    tax  imposed  by  this  Act, a tax is imposed upon any person
29    engaged in business as a retailer of cigarettes in this State
30    at a rate of 4 mills per cigarette sold or otherwise disposed
31    of in the course of such  business  in  this  State.  Of  the
                            -172-          LRB9002549THgcam01
 1    additional  tax  imposed  by  this  amendatory  Act  of 1985,
 2    $9,000,000 of  the  moneys  received  by  the  Department  of
 3    Revenue  pursuant  to  this Act shall be paid each month into
 4    the Common School Fund. On and after the  effective  date  of
 5    this  amendatory  Act  of  1989, in addition to any other tax
 6    imposed by this Act, a tax is imposed upon any person engaged
 7    in business as a retailer of cigarettes  at  the  rate  of  5
 8    mills  per  cigarette  sold  or  otherwise disposed of in the
 9    course of such business in  this  State.  On  and  after  the
10    effective date of this amendatory Act of 1993, in addition to
11    any  other tax imposed by this Act, a tax is imposed upon any
12    person engaged in business as a retailer of cigarettes at the
13    rate of 7 mills per cigarette sold or otherwise  disposed  of
14    in  the  course  of such business in this State. On and after
15    December 15, 1997, in addition to any other  tax  imposed  by
16    this  Act,  a  tax  is  imposed  upon  any  person engaged in
17    business as a retailer of cigarettes at the rate of  7  mills
18    per  cigarette sold or otherwise disposed of in the course of
19    such business of this State. All of the  moneys  received  by
20    the  Department  of  Revenue  pursuant  to  this  Act and the
21    Cigarette Use Tax Act from the additional  taxes  imposed  by
22    this  amendatory  Act  of 1997, shall be paid each month into
23    the Common School Fund. The payment of such  taxes  shall  be
24    evidenced  by  a  stamp  affixed  to each original package of
25    cigarettes,  or  an  authorized  substitute  for  such  stamp
26    imprinted  on  each  original  package  of  such   cigarettes
27    underneath  the  sealed  transparent  outside wrapper of such
28    original package, as hereinafter  provided.    However,  such
29    taxes  are  not imposed upon any activity in such business in
30    interstate commerce or  otherwise,  which  activity  may  not
31    under  the  Constitution and statutes of the United States be
32    made the subject of taxation by this State.
33        Beginning on the effective date of this amendatory Act of
34    1993, all of the moneys received by the Department of Revenue
                            -173-          LRB9002549THgcam01
 1    pursuant to this Act and the Cigarette  Use  Tax  Act,  other
 2    than  the  moneys that are dedicated to the Metropolitan Fair
 3    and Exposition Authority Reconstruction Fund and  the  Common
 4    School  Fund,  shall  be  distributed  each month as follows:
 5    first, there shall be paid into the General Revenue  Fund  an
 6    amount  which,  when added to the amount paid into the Common
 7    School Fund for that month, equals  $33,300,000  $25,000,000;
 8    then,  from  the moneys remaining, if any amounts required to
 9    be paid into the General  Revenue  Fund  in  previous  months
10    remain  unpaid,  those amounts shall be paid into the General
11    Revenue Fund; then, from the moneys remaining, if any amounts
12    required to be paid into the Long-Term Care Provider Fund  in
13    previous  months  remain  unpaid, those amounts shall be paid
14    into the Long-Term Care Provider Fund; then, from the  moneys
15    remaining,  $9,545,000  shall be paid into the Long-Term Care
16    Provider Fund (except that not more than  $105,000,000  shall
17    be paid into the Long-Term Care Provider Fund in State fiscal
18    year  1994  from  moneys  received pursuant to this Act); and
19    finally the remaining moneys, if any, shall be paid into  the
20    Hospital   Provider  Fund.  To  the  extent  that  more  than
21    $25,000,000 has been paid into the General Revenue  Fund  and
22    Common  School  Fund per month for the period of July 1, 1993
23    through the effective date of this  amendatory  Act  of  1994
24    from  combined  receipts  of  the  Cigarette  Tax Act and the
25    Cigarette  Use  Tax  Act,  notwithstanding  the  distribution
26    provided in this Section, the Department of Revenue is hereby
27    directed to adjust the distribution provided in this  Section
28    to  increase  the next monthly payments to the Long Term Care
29    Provider Fund by the amount paid to the General Revenue  Fund
30    and Common School Fund in excess of $25,000,000 per month and
31    to  decrease the next monthly payments to the General Revenue
32    Fund and Common School Fund by that same excess amount.
33        When any tax imposed herein terminates or has terminated,
34    distributors who have bought stamps while  such  tax  was  in
                            -174-          LRB9002549THgcam01
 1    effect  and who therefore paid such tax, but who can show, to
 2    the Department's satisfaction, that they sold the  cigarettes
 3    to  which  they  affixed  such  stamps  after  such  tax  had
 4    terminated and did not recover the tax or its equivalent from
 5    purchasers, shall be allowed by the Department to take credit
 6    for  such absorbed tax against subsequent tax stamp purchases
 7    from the Department by such distributor.
 8        The impact of the tax levied by this Act is imposed  upon
 9    the  retailer  and  shall  be prepaid or pre-collected by the
10    distributor for the purpose of convenience and facility only,
11    and the amount of the tax shall be added to the price of  the
12    cigarettes  sold  by  such distributor. Collection of the tax
13    shall be evidenced by a  stamp  or  stamps  affixed  to  each
14    original package of cigarettes, as hereinafter provided.
15        Each  distributor shall collect the tax from the retailer
16    at or before the time of the sale, shall affix the stamps  as
17    hereinafter  required, and shall remit the tax collected from
18    retailers to the Department,  as  hereinafter  provided.  Any
19    distributor  who  fails  to  properly collect and pay the tax
20    imposed by  this  Act  shall  be  liable  for  the  tax.  Any
21    distributor  having  cigarettes  to  which  stamps  have been
22    affixed in his possession for sale on the effective  date  of
23    this  amendatory Act of 1989 shall not be required to pay the
24    additional tax imposed by this amendatory Act of 1989 on such
25    stamped cigarettes.  Any  distributor  having  cigarettes  to
26    which  stamps  have been affixed in his or her possession for
27    sale at 12:01 a.m. on the effective date of  this  amendatory
28    Act of 1993, is required to pay the additional tax imposed by
29    this amendatory Act of 1993 on such stamped cigarettes.  This
30    payment,  less the discount provided in subsection (b), shall
31    be due  when  the  distributor  first  makes  a  purchase  of
32    cigarette  tax  stamps  after  the  effective  date  of  this
33    amendatory  Act of 1993, or on the first due date of a return
34    under this Act after the effective date  of  this  amendatory
                            -175-          LRB9002549THgcam01
 1    Act  of 1993, whichever occurs first.  Any distributor having
 2    cigarettes  to  which  stamps  have  been  affixed   in   his
 3    possession  for  sale  on  December  15,  1997  shall  not be
 4    required to pay the additional tax imposed by this amendatory
 5    Act of 1997 on such stamped cigarettes.
 6        The amount of the Cigarette Tax imposed by this Act shall
 7    be separately stated, apart from the price of the  goods,  by
 8    both distributors and retailers, in all advertisements, bills
 9    and sales invoices.
10        (b)  The  distributor  shall  be  required to collect the
11    taxes provided under paragraph (a) hereof, and, to cover  the
12    costs  of such collection, shall be allowed a discount during
13    any year commencing July 1st and ending  the  following  June
14    30th  in  accordance  with  the schedule set out hereinbelow,
15    which discount shall be allowed at the time  of  purchase  of
16    the  stamps  when purchase is required by this Act, or at the
17    time when the tax is remitted to the Department  without  the
18    purchase  of  stamps  from the Department when that method of
19    paying the tax is required or authorized by this Act.   Prior
20    to December 1, 1985, a discount equal to 1 2/3% of the amount
21    of  the  tax  up  to  and  including  the first $700,000 paid
22    hereunder by such distributor to the  Department  during  any
23    such  year;  1  1/3%  of the next $700,000 of tax or any part
24    thereof, paid hereunder by such distributor to the Department
25    during any such year; 1% of the next $700,000 of tax, or  any
26    part  thereof,  paid  hereunder  by  such  distributor to the
27    Department during any such year, and 2/3 of 1% of the  amount
28    of  any  additional tax paid hereunder by such distributor to
29    the Department during any such year shall apply. On and after
30    December 1, 1985, a discount equal to 1.75% of the amount  of
31    the  tax payable under this Act up to and including the first
32    $3,000,000  paid  hereunder  by  such  distributor   to   the
33    Department during any such year and 1.5% of the amount of any
34    additional  tax  paid  hereunder  by  such distributor to the
                            -176-          LRB9002549THgcam01
 1    Department during any such year shall apply.
 2        Two or more distributors  that  use  a  common  means  of
 3    affixing  revenue  tax stamps or that are owned or controlled
 4    by  the  same  interests  shall  be  treated  as   a   single
 5    distributor for the purpose of computing the discount.
 6        (c)  The  taxes  herein  imposed  are  in addition to all
 7    other occupation or privilege taxes imposed by the  State  of
 8    Illinois,  or by any political subdivision thereof, or by any
 9    municipal corporation.
10    (Source: P.A. 88-88; 88-535.)
11        Section 10-10.  The Cigarette Use Tax Act is  amended  by
12    changing Section 2 as follows:
13        (35 ILCS 135/2) (from Ch. 120, par. 453.32)
14        Sec.  2.   A  tax  is imposed upon the privilege of using
15    cigarettes in  this  State,  at  the  rate  of  6  mills  per
16    cigarette so used. On and after December 1, 1985, in addition
17    to  any  other tax imposed by this Act, a tax is imposed upon
18    the privilege of using cigarettes in this State at a rate  of
19    4  mills  per  cigarette  so used. On and after the effective
20    date of this amendatory Act of 1989, in addition to any other
21    tax imposed by this Act, a tax is imposed upon the  privilege
22    of  using cigarettes in this State at the rate of 5 mills per
23    cigarette so used.  On and after the effective date  of  this
24    amendatory  Act of 1993, in addition to any other tax imposed
25    by this Act, a tax is imposed upon  the  privilege  of  using
26    cigarettes  in  this State at a rate of 7 mills per cigarette
27    so used.  On and after December 15, 1997, in addition to  any
28    other  tax  imposed  by  this  Act, a tax is imposed upon the
29    privilege of using cigarettes in this State at a  rate  of  7
30    mills  per cigarette so used.  The taxes herein imposed shall
31    be in addition to all other  occupation  or  privilege  taxes
32    imposed  by  the  State  of  Illinois  or  by  any  political
                            -177-          LRB9002549THgcam01
 1    subdivision thereof or by any municipal corporation.
 2        When any tax imposed herein terminates or has terminated,
 3    distributors  who  have  bought  stamps while such tax was in
 4    effect and who therefore paid such tax, but who can show,  to
 5    the  Department's satisfaction, that they sold the cigarettes
 6    to  which  they  affixed  such  stamps  after  such  tax  had
 7    terminated and did not recover the tax or its equivalent from
 8    purchasers, shall be allowed by the Department to take credit
 9    for such absorbed tax against subsequent tax stamp  purchases
10    from the Department by such distributors.
11        When the word "tax" is used in this Act, it shall include
12    any  tax  or  tax rate imposed by this Act and shall mean the
13    singular of "tax" or the plural "taxes" as  the  context  may
14    require.
15        Any  distributor  having  cigarettes to which stamps have
16    been affixed in his possession for sale on the effective date
17    of this amendatory Act of 1989 shall not be required  to  pay
18    the  additional tax imposed by this amendatory Act of 1989 on
19    such stamped cigarettes. Any distributor having cigarettes to
20    which stamps have been affixed in his or her  possession  for
21    sale  at  12:01 a.m. on the effective date of this amendatory
22    Act of 1993, is required to pay the additional tax imposed by
23    this amendatory Act of 1993 on such stamped cigarettes.  This
24    payment shall be due  when  the  distributor  first  makes  a
25    purchase  of cigarette tax stamps after the effective date of
26    this amendatory Act of 1993, or on the first due  date  of  a
27    return  under  this  Act  after  the  effective  date of this
28    amendatory Act of  1993,  whichever  occurs  first.   Once  a
29    distributor  tenders  payment  of  the  additional tax to the
30    Department, the distributor  may  purchase  stamps  from  the
31    Department.    Any  distributor  having  cigarettes  to which
32    stamps have been  affixed  in  his  possession  for  sale  on
33    December 15, 1997 shall not be required to pay the additional
34    tax  imposed  by  this amendatory Act of 1997 on such stamped
                            -178-          LRB9002549THgcam01
 1    cigarettes.
 2    (Source: P.A. 88-88.)
 3        Section 10-15.  The Telecommunications Excise Tax Act  is
 4    amended by changing Sections 3, 4, and 6 as follows:
 5        (35 ILCS 630/3) (from Ch. 120, par. 2003)
 6        Sec.  3.   Until December 31, 1997, a tax is imposed upon
 7    the act or privilege of originating or  receiving  intrastate
 8    telecommunications  by  a person in this State at the rate of
 9    5% of the gross charge for such telecommunications  purchased
10    at  retail from a retailer by such person.  Beginning January
11    1, 1998, a tax is  imposed  upon  the  act  or  privilege  of
12    originating   in  this  State  or  receiving  in  this  State
13    intrastate telecommunications by a person in  this  State  at
14    the   rate   of   7%   of   the   gross   charge   for   such
15    telecommunications  purchased  at  retail  from a retailer by
16    such person.  However, such tax is not imposed on the act  or
17    privilege  to the extent such act or privilege may not, under
18    the Constitution and statutes of the United States,  be  made
19    the subject of taxation by the State.
20    (Source: P.A. 84-1295.)
21        (35 ILCS 630/4) (from Ch. 120, par. 2004)
22        Sec.  4.   Until December 31, 1997, a tax is imposed upon
23    the  act  or  privilege  of  originating  in  this  State  or
24    receiving in this State interstate  telecommunications  by  a
25    person  in  this  State at the rate of 5% of the gross charge
26    for  such  telecommunications  purchased  at  retail  from  a
27    retailer by such person.  Beginning January 1, 1998, a tax is
28    imposed upon the act or  privilege  of  originating  in  this
29    State    or    receiving    in    this    State    interstate
30    telecommunications  by  a person in this State at the rate of
31    7% of the gross charge for such telecommunications  purchased
                            -179-          LRB9002549THgcam01
 1    at  retail from a retailer by such person.  To prevent actual
 2    multi-state taxation of the act or privilege that is  subject
 3    to  taxation  under  this paragraph, any taxpayer, upon proof
 4    that that taxpayer has paid a tax in another  state  on  such
 5    event,  shall  be allowed a credit against the tax imposed in
 6    this Section 4 to the  extent  of  the  amount  of  such  tax
 7    properly due and paid in such other state.  However, such tax
 8    is not imposed on the act or privilege to the extent such act
 9    or  privilege may not, under the Constitution and statutes of
10    the United States, be made the subject  of  taxation  by  the
11    State.
12    (Source: P.A. 84-1295.)
13        (35 ILCS 630/6) (from Ch. 120, par. 2006)
14        Sec.  6.  Except as provided hereinafter in this Section,
15    on or before  the  15th  day  of  each  month  each  retailer
16    maintaining  a  place  of business in this State shall make a
17    return to the Department for the  preceding  calendar  month,
18    stating:
19             1.  His name;
20             2.  The  address of his principal place of business,
21        and the address of the principal place  of  business  (if
22        that is a different address) from which he engages in the
23        business of transmitting telecommunications;
24             3.  Total  amount  of  gross  charges  billed by him
25        during  the  preceding  calendar  month   for   providing
26        telecommunications during such calendar month;
27             4.  Total   amount   received   by  him  during  the
28        preceding calendar month on credit extended;
29             5.  Deductions allowed by law;
30             6.  Gross charges which were billed  by  him  during
31        the  preceding calendar month and upon the basis of which
32        the tax is imposed;
33             7.  Amount of tax (computed upon Item 6);
                            -180-          LRB9002549THgcam01
 1             8.  Such  other  reasonable   information   as   the
 2        Department may require.
 3        Any taxpayer required to make payments under this Section
 4    may  make  the  payments  by  electronic funds transfer.  The
 5    Department  shall  adopt  rules  necessary  to  effectuate  a
 6    program of electronic funds transfer.
 7        If the retailer's average monthly tax billings due to the
 8    Department do not exceed $100, the Department  may  authorize
 9    his  returns  to be filed on a quarter annual basis, with the
10    return for January, February and March of a given year  being
11    due  by April 15 of such year; with the return for April, May
12    and June of a given year being due by July 15 of  such  year;
13    with  the  return  for  July, August and September of a given
14    year being due by October 15  of  such  year;  and  with  the
15    return  of  October,  November  and  December of a given year
16    being due by January 15 of the following year.
17        Notwithstanding  any  other  provision  of  this  Article
18    containing the time within which  a  retailer  may  file  his
19    return, in the case of any retailer who ceases to engage in a
20    kind  of  business  which  makes  him  responsible for filing
21    returns under this Article, such retailer shall file a  final
22    return  under  this Article with the Department not more than
23    one month after discontinuing such business.
24        In making such return, the retailer shall  determine  the
25    value  of  any consideration other than money received by him
26    and  he  shall  include  such  value  in  his  return.   Such
27    determination shall be subject to review and revision by  the
28    Department   in  the  manner  hereinafter  provided  for  the
29    correction of returns.
30        Each retailer whose  average  monthly  liability  to  the
31    Department  under this Article was $10,000 or more during the
32    preceding calendar  year,  excluding  the  month  of  highest
33    liability  and the month of lowest liability in such calendar
34    year, and who is not operated by a unit of local  government,
                            -181-          LRB9002549THgcam01
 1    shall  make estimated payments to the Department on or before
 2    the 7th, 15th, 22nd and last day of the  month  during  which
 3    tax  collection liability to the Department is incurred in an
 4    amount not less  than  the  lower  of  either  22.5%  of  the
 5    retailer's actual tax collections for the month or 25% of the
 6    retailer's actual tax collections for the same calendar month
 7    of  the  preceding  year.  The amount of such quarter monthly
 8    payments shall be credited against the final liability of the
 9    retailer's return for that month.   Any  outstanding  credit,
10    approved  by  the  Department,  arising  from  the retailer's
11    overpayment of its final  liability  for  any  month  may  be
12    applied  to  reduce  the  amount  of  any  subsequent quarter
13    monthly payment or credited against the  final  liability  of
14    the  retailer's  return  for  any  subsequent  month.  If any
15    quarter monthly payment is not paid at the  time  or  in  the
16    amount required by this Section, the retailer shall be liable
17    for  penalty  and  interest  on  the  difference  between the
18    minimum amount due as  a  payment  and  the  amount  of  such
19    payment  actually  and  timely  paid,  except  insofar as the
20    retailer has previously made payments for that month  to  the
21    Department in excess of the minimum payments previously due.
22        If  the  Director finds that the information required for
23    the  making  of  an  accurate  return  cannot  reasonably  be
24    compiled by a retailer within 15 days after the close of  the
25    calendar month for which a return is to be made, he may grant
26    an  extension  of  time  for  the filing of such return for a
27    period of not to exceed 31 calendar days.   The  granting  of
28    such  an extension may be conditioned upon the deposit by the
29    retailer with the  Department  of  an  amount  of  money  not
30    exceeding the amount estimated by the Director to be due with
31    the  return  so  extended.   All such deposits, including any
32    heretofore  made  with  the  Department,  shall  be  credited
33    against the retailer's liabilities under  this  Article.   If
34    any  such deposit exceeds the retailer's present and probable
                            -182-          LRB9002549THgcam01
 1    future liabilities under this Article, the  Department  shall
 2    issue  to  the  retailer  a  credit  memorandum, which may be
 3    assigned by the retailer to a  similar  retailer  under  this
 4    Article,  in accordance with reasonable rules and regulations
 5    to be prescribed by the Department.
 6        The retailer making the return herein provided for shall,
 7    at the time of making such return, pay to the Department  the
 8    amount of tax herein imposed. On and after the effective date
 9    of this Article of 1985, $1,000,000 of the moneys received by
10    the  Department  of Revenue pursuant to this Article shall be
11    paid each month into the Common School Fund and the remainder
12    into the General Revenue Fund. On and after February 1, 1998,
13    however, of the moneys received by the Department of  Revenue
14    pursuant  to  the additional taxes imposed by this amendatory
15    Act of 1997 one-half  shall  be  deposited  into  the  School
16    Infrastructure  Fund and one-half shall be deposited into the
17    Common School Fund.
18    (Source: P.A. 90-16, eff. 6-16-97.)
19        Section 10-20.  The Uniform Penalty and Interest  Act  is
20    amended by changing Section 3-3 as follows:
21        (35 ILCS 735/3-3) (from Ch. 120, par. 2603-3)
22        (Text of Section before amendment by P.A. 90-491)
23        Sec. 3-3.  Penalty for failure to file or pay.
24        (a)  This  subsection (a) is applicable before January 1,
25    1996.  A penalty of 5% of the tax required to be shown due on
26    a return shall be imposed for failure to file the tax  return
27    on  or  before  the due date prescribed for filing determined
28    with regard for any extension of time for filing (penalty for
29    late filing or nonfiling).  If any  unprocessable  return  is
30    corrected  and  filed  within  21  days  after  notice by the
31    Department, the late filing or nonfiling  penalty  shall  not
32    apply.   If a penalty for late filing or nonfiling is imposed
                            -183-          LRB9002549THgcam01
 1    in addition to a penalty for late payment, the total  penalty
 2    due  shall  be  the  sum  of  the late filing penalty and the
 3    applicable late payment penalty. Beginning on  the  effective
 4    date  of this amendatory Act of 1995, in the case of any type
 5    of tax return required  to  be  filed  more  frequently  than
 6    annually,  when  the  failure  to  file  the tax return on or
 7    before  the  date  prescribed  for  filing   (including   any
 8    extensions) is shown to be nonfraudulent and has not occurred
 9    in  the  2 years immediately preceding the failure to file on
10    the prescribed due  date,  the  penalty  imposed  by  section
11    3-3(a) shall be abated.
12        (a-5)  This  subsection  (a-5) is applicable on and after
13    January 1, 1996. A penalty equal to 2% of the tax required to
14    be shown due on a return, up to a  maximum  amount  of  $250,
15    determined without regard to any part of the tax that is paid
16    on  time  or by any credit that was properly allowable on the
17    date the return was required to be filed,  shall  be  imposed
18    for  failure to file the tax return on or before the due date
19    prescribed  for  filing  determined  with  regard   for   any
20    extension  of  time for filing. However, if any return is not
21    filed within 30 days after notice of nonfiling mailed by  the
22    Department   to  the  last  known  address  of  the  taxpayer
23    contained in Department records, an additional penalty amount
24    shall be imposed equal to the greater of $250 or  2%  of  the
25    tax  shown  on  the  return.  However, the additional penalty
26    amount may not exceed $5,000 and is determined without regard
27    to any part of the tax that is paid on time or by any  credit
28    that  was  properly  allowable  on  the  date  the return was
29    required to be filed (penalty for late filing or  nonfiling).
30    If  any unprocessable return is corrected and filed within 30
31    days after notice by  the  Department,  the  late  filing  or
32    nonfiling  penalty  shall  not  apply.  If a penalty for late
33    filing or nonfiling is imposed in addition to a  penalty  for
34    late  payment,  the total penalty due shall be the sum of the
                            -184-          LRB9002549THgcam01
 1    late filing penalty and the applicable late payment  penalty.
 2    In  the  case  of any type of tax return required to be filed
 3    more frequently than annually, when the failure to  file  the
 4    tax  return  on  or  before  the  date  prescribed for filing
 5    (including any extensions) is shown to be  nonfraudulent  and
 6    has  not  occurred  in  the 2 years immediately preceding the
 7    failure to file on  the  prescribed  due  date,  the  penalty
 8    imposed by section 3-3(a) shall be abated.
 9        (b)  This  subsection  is  applicable  before  January 1,
10    1998. A penalty of 15% of the tax shown on the return or  the
11    tax  required  to be shown due on the return shall be imposed
12    for failure to pay:
13             (1)  the tax shown due on the return  on  or  before
14        the  due  date  prescribed  for  payment  of that tax, an
15        amount of underpayment of estimated  tax,  or  an  amount
16        that  is  reported  in  an  amended  return other than an
17        amended return timely filed as required by subsection (b)
18        of Section 506 of the Illinois Income  Tax  Act  (penalty
19        for late payment or nonpayment of admitted liability); or
20             (2)  the full amount of any tax required to be shown
21        due  on a return and which is not shown (penalty for late
22        payment or nonpayment of additional liability), within 30
23        days after a  notice  of  arithmetic  error,  notice  and
24        demand,   or   a   final  assessment  is  issued  by  the
25        Department. In the case of  a  final  assessment  arising
26        following  a protest and hearing, the 30-day period shall
27        not begin until all proceedings in court  for  review  of
28        the  final  assessment  have terminated or the period for
29        obtaining a review has expired without proceedings for  a
30        review  having  been instituted.  In the case of a notice
31        of tax liability that becomes a final assessment  without
32        a  protest  and  hearing,  the  penalty  provided in this
33        paragraph (2) shall be imposed at the expiration  of  the
34        period provided for the filing of a protest.
                            -185-          LRB9002549THgcam01
 1        (b-5)  This subsection is applicable on and after January
 2    1,  1998.  A penalty of 20% of the tax shown on the return or
 3    the tax required to be shown  due  on  the  return  shall  be
 4    imposed for failure to pay:
 5             (1)  the  tax  shown  due on the return on or before
 6        the due date prescribed  for  payment  of  that  tax,  an
 7        amount  of  underpayment  of  estimated tax, or an amount
 8        that is reported in  an  amended  return  other  than  an
 9        amended return timely filed as required by subsection (b)
10        of  Section  506  of the Illinois Income Tax Act (penalty
11        for late payment or nonpayment of admitted liability); or
12             (2)  the full amount of any tax required to be shown
13        due on a return and which is not shown (penalty for  late
14        payment or nonpayment of additional liability), within 30
15        days  after  a  notice  of  arithmetic  error, notice and
16        demand,  or  a  final  assessment  is   issued   by   the
17        Department.  In  the  case  of a final assessment arising
18        following a protest and hearing, the 30-day period  shall
19        not  begin  until  all proceedings in court for review of
20        the final assessment have terminated or  the  period  for
21        obtaining  a review has expired without proceedings for a
22        review having been instituted.  In the case of  a  notice
23        of  tax liability that becomes a final assessment without
24        a protest and  hearing,  the  penalty  provided  in  this
25        paragraph  (2)  shall be imposed at the expiration of the
26        period provided for the filing of a protest.
27        (c)  For purposes of  the  late  payment  penalties,  the
28    basis of the penalty shall be the tax shown or required to be
29    shown  on  a  return, whichever is applicable, reduced by any
30    part of the tax which is paid on time and by any credit which
31    was properly allowable on the date the return was required to
32    be filed.
33        (d)  A penalty shall be applied to the tax required to be
34    shown even if that amount is less than the tax shown  on  the
                            -186-          LRB9002549THgcam01
 1    return.
 2        (e)  If both a subsection (b)(1) penalty and a subsection
 3    (b)(2)  penalty  are  assessed  against  the same return, the
 4    subsection (b)(2) penalty shall be assessed against only  the
 5    additional tax found to be due.
 6        (f)  If  the  taxpayer has failed to file the return, the
 7    Department shall determine the correct tax according  to  its
 8    best  judgment  and  information, which amount shall be prima
 9    facie evidence of the correctness of the tax due.
10        (g)  The time within which to file a  return  or  pay  an
11    amount  of  tax  due without imposition of a penalty does not
12    extend the time within which to file a protest to a notice of
13    tax liability or a notice of deficiency.
14    (Source: P.A. 88-480;  89-379,  eff.  8-18-95;  89-436,  eff.
15    1-1-96.)
16        (Text of Section after amendment by P.A. 90-491)
17        Sec. 3-3.  Penalty for failure to file or pay.
18        (a)  This  subsection (a) is applicable before January 1,
19    1996.  A penalty of 5% of the tax required to be shown due on
20    a return shall be imposed for failure to file the tax  return
21    on  or  before  the due date prescribed for filing determined
22    with regard for any extension of time for filing (penalty for
23    late filing or nonfiling).  If any  unprocessable  return  is
24    corrected  and  filed  within  21  days  after  notice by the
25    Department, the late filing or nonfiling  penalty  shall  not
26    apply.   If a penalty for late filing or nonfiling is imposed
27    in addition to a penalty for late payment, the total  penalty
28    due  shall  be  the  sum  of  the late filing penalty and the
29    applicable late payment penalty. Beginning on  the  effective
30    date  of this amendatory Act of 1995, in the case of any type
31    of tax return required  to  be  filed  more  frequently  than
32    annually,  when  the  failure  to  file  the tax return on or
33    before  the  date  prescribed  for  filing   (including   any
34    extensions) is shown to be nonfraudulent and has not occurred
                            -187-          LRB9002549THgcam01
 1    in  the  2 years immediately preceding the failure to file on
 2    the prescribed due  date,  the  penalty  imposed  by  section
 3    3-3(a) shall be abated.
 4        (a-5)  This  subsection  (a-5) is applicable on and after
 5    January 1, 1996. A penalty equal to 2% of the tax required to
 6    be shown due on a return, up to a  maximum  amount  of  $250,
 7    determined without regard to any part of the tax that is paid
 8    on  time  or by any credit that was properly allowable on the
 9    date the return was required to be filed,  shall  be  imposed
10    for  failure to file the tax return on or before the due date
11    prescribed  for  filing  determined  with  regard   for   any
12    extension  of  time for filing. However, if any return is not
13    filed within 30 days after notice of nonfiling mailed by  the
14    Department   to  the  last  known  address  of  the  taxpayer
15    contained in Department records, an additional penalty amount
16    shall be imposed equal to the greater of $250 or  2%  of  the
17    tax  shown  on  the  return.  However, the additional penalty
18    amount may not exceed $5,000 and is determined without regard
19    to any part of the tax that is paid on time or by any  credit
20    that  was  properly  allowable  on  the  date  the return was
21    required to be filed (penalty for late filing or  nonfiling).
22    If  any unprocessable return is corrected and filed within 30
23    days after notice by  the  Department,  the  late  filing  or
24    nonfiling  penalty  shall  not  apply.  If a penalty for late
25    filing or nonfiling is imposed in addition to a  penalty  for
26    late  payment,  the total penalty due shall be the sum of the
27    late filing penalty and the applicable late payment  penalty.
28    In  the  case  of any type of tax return required to be filed
29    more frequently than annually, when the failure to  file  the
30    tax  return  on  or  before  the  date  prescribed for filing
31    (including any extensions) is shown to be  nonfraudulent  and
32    has  not  occurred  in  the 2 years immediately preceding the
33    failure to file on  the  prescribed  due  date,  the  penalty
34    imposed by section 3-3(a) shall be abated.
                            -188-          LRB9002549THgcam01
 1        (b)  This  subsection  is  applicable  before  January 1,
 2    1998. A penalty of 15% of the tax shown on the return or  the
 3    tax  required  to be shown due on the return shall be imposed
 4    for failure to pay:
 5             (1)  the tax shown due on the return  on  or  before
 6        the  due  date  prescribed  for  payment  of that tax, an
 7        amount of underpayment of estimated  tax,  or  an  amount
 8        that  is  reported  in  an  amended  return other than an
 9        amended return timely filed as required by subsection (b)
10        of Section 506 of the Illinois Income  Tax  Act  (penalty
11        for late payment or nonpayment of admitted liability); or
12             (2)  the full amount of any tax required to be shown
13        due  on a return and which is not shown (penalty for late
14        payment or nonpayment of additional liability), within 30
15        days after a  notice  of  arithmetic  error,  notice  and
16        demand,   or   a   final  assessment  is  issued  by  the
17        Department. In the case of  a  final  assessment  arising
18        following  a protest and hearing, the 30-day period shall
19        not begin until all proceedings in court  for  review  of
20        the  final  assessment  have terminated or the period for
21        obtaining a review has expired without proceedings for  a
22        review  having  been instituted.  In the case of a notice
23        of tax liability that becomes a final assessment  without
24        a  protest  and  hearing,  the  penalty  provided in this
25        paragraph (2) shall be imposed at the expiration  of  the
26        period provided for the filing of a protest.
27        (b-5)  This subsection is applicable on and after January
28    1,  1998.  A penalty of 20% of the tax shown on the return or
29    the tax required to be shown  due  on  the  return  shall  be
30    imposed for failure to pay:
31             (1)  the  tax  shown  due on the return on or before
32        the due date prescribed  for  payment  of  that  tax,  an
33        amount  of  underpayment  of  estimated tax, or an amount
34        that is reported in  an  amended  return  other  than  an
                            -189-          LRB9002549THgcam01
 1        amended return timely filed as required by subsection (b)
 2        of  Section  506  of the Illinois Income Tax Act (penalty
 3        for late payment or nonpayment of admitted liability); or
 4             (2)  the full amount of any tax required to be shown
 5        due on a return and which is not shown (penalty for  late
 6        payment or nonpayment of additional liability), within 30
 7        days  after  a  notice  of  arithmetic  error, notice and
 8        demand,  or  a  final  assessment  is   issued   by   the
 9        Department.  In  the  case  of a final assessment arising
10        following a protest and hearing, the 30-day period  shall
11        not  begin  until  all proceedings in court for review of
12        the final assessment have terminated or  the  period  for
13        obtaining  a review has expired without proceedings for a
14        review having been instituted.  In the case of  a  notice
15        of  tax liability that becomes a final assessment without
16        a protest and  hearing,  the  penalty  provided  in  this
17        paragraph  (2)  shall be imposed at the expiration of the
18        period provided for the filing of a protest.
19        (c)  For purposes of  the  late  payment  penalties,  the
20    basis of the penalty shall be the tax shown or required to be
21    shown  on  a  return, whichever is applicable, reduced by any
22    part of the tax which is paid on time and by any credit which
23    was properly allowable on the date the return was required to
24    be filed.
25        (d)  A penalty shall be applied to the tax required to be
26    shown even if that amount is less than the tax shown  on  the
27    return.
28        (e)  If both a subsection (b)(1) penalty and a subsection
29    (b)(2)  penalty  are  assessed  against  the same return, the
30    subsection (b)(2) penalty shall be assessed against only  the
31    additional tax found to be due.
32        (f)  If  the  taxpayer has failed to file the return, the
33    Department shall determine the correct tax according  to  its
34    best  judgment  and  information, which amount shall be prima
                            -190-          LRB9002549THgcam01
 1    facie evidence of the correctness of the tax due.
 2        (g)  The time within which to file a  return  or  pay  an
 3    amount  of  tax  due without imposition of a penalty does not
 4    extend the time within which to file a protest to a notice of
 5    tax liability or a notice of deficiency.
 6        (h)  No return shall be determined  to  be  unprocessable
 7    because  of  the omission of any information requested on the
 8    return pursuant to Section 39b53 of the Civil  Administrative
 9    Code of Illinois.
10    (Source: P.A.  89-379,  eff.  8-18-95;  89-436,  eff. 1-1-96;
11    90-491, eff. 1-1-98.)
12        Section 10-25.  The Riverboat Gambling Act is amended  by
13    changing Section 13 as follows:
14        (230 ILCS 10/13) (from Ch. 120, par. 2413)
15        Sec. 13.  Wagering tax; rate; distribution.
16        (a)  Until  January  1,  1998,  a  tax  is imposed on the
17    adjusted  gross  receipts  received   from   gambling   games
18    authorized under this Act at the rate of 20%.
19        Beginning  January 1, 1998, a privilege tax is imposed on
20    persons engaged  in  the  business  of  conducting  riverboat
21    gambling  operations,  based  on  the adjusted gross receipts
22    received by a licensed owner from gambling  games  authorized
23    under this Act at the following rates:
24             15%  of  annual  adjusted  gross  receipts up to and
25        including $25,000,000;
26             20% of annual adjusted gross receipts in  excess  of
27        $25,000,000 but not exceeding $50,000,000;
28             25%  of  annual adjusted gross receipts in excess of
29        $50,000,000 but not exceeding $75,000,000;
30             30% of annual adjusted gross receipts in  excess  of
31        $75,000,000 but not exceeding $100,000,000;
32             35%  of  annual adjusted gross receipts in excess of
                            -191-          LRB9002549THgcam01
 1        $100,000,000.
 2        The taxes imposed by this Section shall be  paid  by  the
 3    licensed  owner to the Board not later than 3:00 o'clock p.m.
 4    of the day after the close of the day when  the  wagers  were
 5    made.
 6        (b)  Until  January 1, 1998, Twenty-five percent (25%) of
 7    the tax revenue deposited in the State Gaming Fund under this
 8    Section shall  be  paid,  subject  to  appropriation  by  the
 9    General  Assembly,  to  the unit of local government which is
10    designated as the home  dock  of  the  riverboat.   Beginning
11    January  1, 1998, from the tax revenue deposited in the State
12    Gaming Fund under this Section, an  amount  equal  to  5%  of
13    adjusted  gross  receipts  generated  by a riverboat shall be
14    paid  monthly,  subject  to  appropriation  by  the   General
15    Assembly,  to the unit of local government that is designated
16    as the home dock of the riverboat.
17        (c)  Appropriations, as approved by the General Assembly,
18    may be made from the State Gaming Fund to the  Department  of
19    Revenue   and   the   Department  of  State  Police  for  the
20    administration and enforcement of this Act.
21        (d)  From time to time,  the  Board  shall  transfer  the
22    remainder  of  the  funds  generated  by  this  Act  into the
23    Education Assistance Fund, created by Public Act 86-0018,  of
24    the State of Illinois.
25        (e)  Nothing in this Act shall prohibit the unit of local
26    government  designated as the home dock of the riverboat from
27    entering into agreements with other units of local government
28    in this State or in other states to share its portion of  the
29    tax revenue.
30        (f)  To   the   extent   practicable,   the  Board  shall
31    administer and collect the wagering  taxes  imposed  by  this
32    Section  in  a  manner  consistent  with  the  provisions  of
33    Sections 4, 5, 5a, 5b, 5c, 5d, 5e, 5f, 5g, 5i, 5j, 6, 6a, 6b,
34    6c,  8,  9,  and  10 of the Retailers' Occupation Tax Act and
                            -192-          LRB9002549THgcam01
 1    Section 3-7 of the Uniform Penalty and Interest Act.
 2    (Source: P.A. 88-670, eff. 12-2-94; 89-21, eff. 7-1-95.)
 3                             ARTICLE 15
 4        Section 15-5.  Short title.  This Article may be cited as
 5    the General State Aid Continuing Appropriation Law.
 6        Section  15-10.   Annual  budget;  recommendation.    The
 7    Governor shall include a Common School Fund recommendation to
 8    the  State Board of Education in the fiscal year 1999 through
 9    2001 annual Budgets sufficient to fund the General State  Aid
10    Formula  set  forth  in  Subsection E (Computation of General
11    State Aid) and Subsection H (Supplemental General State  Aid)
12    of Section 18-8.05 of the School Code.
13        Section  15-15.  General State Aid Formula; Funding.  The
14    General Assembly  shall  annually  make  Common  School  Fund
15    appropriations  to  the  State  Board  of Education in fiscal
16    years 1999 through 2001 sufficient to fund the General  State
17    Aid Formula set forth in Subsection E (Computation of General
18    State Aid)  and Subsection H (Supplemental General State Aid)
19    of Section 18-8.05 of the School Code.
20        Section 15-20.  Continuing appropriation.  If the General
21    Assembly  fails  to make Common School Fund appropriations to
22    the State Board of Education in  fiscal  years  1999  through
23    2001  sufficient  to  fund  the General State Aid Formula set
24    forth in Subsection E (Computation of General State Aid)  and
25    Subsection  H  (Supplemental  General  State  Aid) of Section
26    18-8.05 of the School Code, this Article shall constitute  an
27    irrevocable  and  continuing  appropriation  from  the Common
28    School Fund of all amounts necessary for that purpose.
                            -193-          LRB9002549THgcam01
 1        Section 15-25.  Repeal.  This Article  is  repealed  June
 2    30, 2001.
 3                             ARTICLE 925
 4        Section 925-5.  No acceleration or delay.  Where this Act
 5    makes changes in a statute that is represented in this Act by
 6    text  that  is not yet or no longer in effect (for example, a
 7    Section represented by multiple versions), the  use  of  that
 8    text  does  not  accelerate or delay the taking effect of (i)
 9    the changes made by this Act or (ii) provisions derived  from
10    any other Public Act.
11                             ARTICLE 950
12        Section 950-5.  Severability and inseverability.
13        (a)  If any provision of this Act, other than Article 10,
14    or the application of any provision of this Act, other than a
15    provision  of  Article  10,  to any person or circumstance is
16    held invalid, the invalidity of that provision or application
17    does not affect other provisions or applications of this  Act
18    that  can  be  given  effect without the invalid provision or
19    application.
20        (b)  Each provision of Article 10 is  mutually  dependent
21    upon  and  inseverable  from  each  other  provision  of that
22    Article.  If any provision of Article 10 or  its  application
23    to  any  person  or circumstance is held invalid, then all of
24    Article 10 is invalid.
25        (c)  If Article 10 or any provision of  that  Article  or
26    the  application of that Article or provision of that Article
27    to any other person or  circumstance  is  held  invalid,  the
28    invalidity  of  that Article or provision does not affect any
29    other Article of this Act or any provision of any such  other
30    Article   that  can  be  given  effect  without  the  invalid
                            -194-          LRB9002549THgcam01
 1    provision or application.
 2                             ARTICLE 990
 3        Section 990-5.  Effective date.  This  Act  takes  effect
 4    upon  becoming law, except that (i) all provisions of Article
 5    5, other than the  changes  made  by  Section  5-910  to  the
 6    Illinois  Pension Code and other than the changes to Sections
 7    18-7 and 18-8 of and the addition of Section 18-8.05  to  the
 8    School  Code,  take  effect January 1, 1998, (ii) the changes
 9    made by Section 5-910 to the Illinois Pension  Code  and  the
10    changes  to  Sections  18-7  and 18-8 of the School Code take
11    effect upon becoming a law, and (iii) the addition of Section
12    18-8.05 to the School Code takes effect July 1, 1998.".

[ Top ]